HomeMy WebLinkAboutCONTRACT - 8263 SOUTHEAST COMMUNITY PARK (3)ADDENDUM NO. 3
SPECIFICATIONS AND CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
Description of BID 8263: Southeast Community Park
OPENING DATE: 3:00 PM (Our Clock) March 30, 2016
To all prospective bidders under the specifications and contract documents described above,
the following changes/additions are hereby made and detailed in the following sections of this
addendum:
1. Additional Information
Exhibit 1 – Revised Bid Schedule
Exhibit 2 – Clarifications, Questions & Answers
Exhibit 3 – Revised Specs
Exhibit 4 – Revised Drawings
Exhibit 5 – CAD file (attached as separate file)
Please contact Elliot Dale, Buyer at (970) 221-6777 with any questions regarding this
addendum.
RECEIPT OF THIS ADDENDUM MUST BE ACKNOWLEDGED BY A WRITTEN STATEMENT
ENCLOSED WITH THE BID/QUOTE STATING THAT THIS ADDENDUM HAS BEEN
RECEIVED.
Financial Services
Purchasing Division
215 N. Mason St. 2nd Floor
PO Box 580
Fort Collins, CO 80522
970.221.6775
970.221.6707
fcgov.com/purchasing
EXHIBIT 1 – REVISED BID SCHEDULE
EXHIBIT 2 – CLARIFICATIONS, ADDITIONAL QUESTIONS & ANSWERS
Clarifications:
• In Addendum #1, Clarification # 6. How should groundwater, if
discovered, in foundations be considered? Strike: Groundwater
discovered in foundations should be considered a change order.
Replace with: “The Contractor should expect to perform dewatering for the
bridge footing excavations, as is shown in the Soils Report. Groundwater
dewatering at these locations shall be incidental to the work.”
• Under SECTION 011000 – SUMMARY OF WORK, 2. Contract Times and
Completion Dates, B. Construction Period, 1. Milestones, a. Substantial
Completion will now be 425 Calendar Days. See new attached
Specification.
• See updated 1.05 Description of Unit Price Items.
Additional Questions and Answers:
1. There are multiple call outs for lighting around the proposed baseball fields
(Sheet LE-04, LE-05) that are not included on the luminaire schedule, are
these the Musco field lights?
Yes, these are Musco sports lighting.
2. Are the arbors to be included in the landscaping bid item?
Yes.
3. Regarding bid item D-5, will all pole bases be installed along with conduit
for future installation?
No, only conduit would be run.
4. Regarding bid item D-17, is all lighting for the west baseball field to be
removed? Will conduit be run to these locations for future lighting, and will
pole bases at the west field be installed?
Yes all lighting is to be removed, and conduit is to be run to each
future light location. No pole bases are to be installed.
5. Will the materials (fencing, posts, bleachers, bases, etc.) from demolition of
the existing baseball field be disposed of by contractor, or will the City want
to salvage the material? If it is to be salvaged, will the City be responsible
for storing, and hauling the material as soon as it is demolished?
Yes, the City of Fort Collins will salvage site furnishings, the
baseball shed, and baseball equipment, and could possibly
salvage the fencing fabric. The City of Fort Collins will be
responsible to haul and store these items before construction
begins. Any items left after construction begins, will be the
contractors responsibility to haul and dispose of.
6. Measurement and payment item #9-Hardscapes calls out “parking lot
paving,” and measurement and payment item #10-Site Paving and Pervious
Paver System calls out “site concrete and asphalt paving.” Please clarify
where the light duty and heavy duty concrete paving is to be included.
See updated 1.05 Description of Unit Price Items. Light and
heavy duty paving is now in Bid Item #11.
7. Sheet LR-07 detail 10 calls out an accessible playground ramp as an add
alternate, please clarify where this is found and under which item it is to be
bid?
This was shown on sheet LR-06 however that sheet has been
modified with this addendum and the ramp is no longer needed.
Please see revised sheets.
8. The dog park fencing posts are set at 7’ on center, while standard lumber is
8’ long, if 7’ spacing is required it will significantly increase costs due to the
additional labor of cutting the lumber. Please clarify if this spacing is
needed.
These can be revised to 8’ on center. Refer to Detail
9. Please clarify what grade of lumber can be used for the fencing; standard
fence material does not meet the provided specifications which will drive
costs.
Standard fence material can be used for all fencing.
Specifications have been revised.
10. Is there an acceptable alternative to the called out 4” round cedar posts?
This material is typically not readily available.
All fence posts are to be 4” square cedar, rough sawn.
11. Please confirm that sonotube is required at all post holes for the wooden
fence.
Sonotubes are not required. Details have been revised.
12. Under which bid item is the wood fiber, shredded rubber surfacing, and
rubber tiles to be included? Is this included under the playground Force
Account item or not? This is very vague. Are the subbases (concrete
slabs, gravel, etc.) to be incidental to these bid items or will this be included
in the hardscapes bid item?
All the playground safety surfacing is to be included in Bid Item
#12 Landscaping. The sub-bases for the safety surfacing should
be included in Bid Item #10 Hardscape. See updated SECTION
012900- MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT.
13. Two different details are provided for the curb and gutter, and roll-over curb
and gutter on DT-5 and DT-6. Please clarify which details are to be used,
and/or if two different details are to be used for the proposed parking lot,
and the existing roadway improvements on Ziegler, Lady Moon, and Saber
Cat.
LCUASS Detail 701 on DT-5 shall be used on Saber Cat (2’ spill
gutter), Ziegler and Lady Moon. The eastern most curb along
the Lady Moon parking shall be 1’ spill curb (DT-6). The curb
details on DT-6 shall be used in the parking lot.
14. Due to the complexity of the measurement and payment, lump sum bid
items, and numerous deductions and the associated questions we have
with these, would it be possible to extend the question deadline and/or have
the chance to submit follow up questions after the 3rd addendum is
released?
No, the cut off for questions will stay with March 18th.
15. Per the walkthrough onsite – we understand McClellend Creek runs all year
long. Does the City know the approximately CFS for water control/
diversions required when the creek gets re‐aligned next Fall?
The flow of McClelland is approximately 1-2 cfs during the
winter months.
16. Can a line item be added for water control of McClellend Creek for the 24”
water line alternate since the creek has continuous flows that will need to be
diverted?
A line item for water control is added to the bid tab for the 24”
water line.
17. Please clarify if the City anticipates opening the BMX Park to the public
prior to substantial completion of the park as this may affect construction
sequencing, security and pedestrian control costs.
Yes, we anticipate opening the BMX track area in early to mid-
June, 2016. There also is a milestone to have the permanent
fencing around the BMX track area by the end of June (see
Milestone Dates in Section 011000). The intention would be to
move the required construction perimeter fencing (Section
010000 – Project Summary, 1.05 Conditions of Work, F.
Construction Fencing) to jog south and west of the finished
BMX area during the rest of the construction.
18. If the BMX Park is open to the public prior to park completion, will specific
access to the BMX Park and security fencing be provided by others?
No, this fencing should be incorporated into your construction
costs.
19. Can a Base Bid Mobilization/ General Conditions Bid item be added?
Yes, see attached new Bid Schedule and New SECTION 012900-
MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT for Contractor Mobilization.
20. Can a Base Bid Electrical Bid item be added for all site electrical work
including fields and structures? This will be too hard to breakdown all the
numerous electrical items given the proposed bid schedule provided.
No, this would reduce our flexibility in eliminating bid items and
making changes.
21. Bid Item D‐10 Ipe Deck. What bid item should this be included in for the
base bid? Item#3 or Item #10 – It is not called out anywhere in
Measurement and Payment.
The Ipe Deck should be included in Item #10, Hardscape. Please
see revised description of bid item in Measurement and
Payment.
22. Does Bid Item #4 Installation of Playground Material and Equipment (Force
Account) include foundations and all work associated with the re‐located
silos? If not, where should that work be bid?
No, the Silo Foundations should be included in Bid Item #4 Park
Architecture and Structures. See updated SECTION 012900-
MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
23. The existing baseball field is to be removed. Are we to salvage any of the
posts, fences, etc.?
If the City of Fort Collins – Park Maintenance Department, does
not remove or salvage any items associated with the existing
baseball field, they become the property of the General
Contractor.
24. On the existing baseball field to be removed, it appears there is concrete
mow‐curb located under all the fencing. Is there an approximate depth? Do
the concrete curb and fence post foundations need to be removed
separately from the fence posts and hauled to the Fort Collins Crushing
operations yard?
The approximate depth is for the existing concrete mow-curb is
12”. Yes, in order to recycle the concrete the post will need to be
removed prior to taking the concrete to the Hoffman Mill
Crushing Operations.
25. Given the approximate start date of the project, hardscapes & landscaping
will likely need to be done during winter months to reach completion in 365
days. Given this, is the contractor to assume winter protection in the bid? If
not, will this be paid as a change to the contract if winter protection is
needed?
If hardscape and landscape is planned to be built during winter
months, it is assumed that the contractor will need to figure
winter protection into their bid pricing. This will not be paid as a
change to the contract.
26. “Toe of Slope Protection,” is called out in multiple places on the plans,
please clarify what this protection is and/or where a detail can be found.
The channel plans have been added to the bid set as an
addendum. These plans detail the toe of slope protection and
additional channel construction details.
27. Can the weights of the existing two bridges be provided? Are the bridges
assumed to be in proper condition to lift and re‐set, and will any work need
to be included for the existing bridges other than new decking (welding,
railing, screen, etc.)?
The small 4’ wide bridge is approximately 6,500 LBS. and the 8’
wide bridge that is existing on site weighs 21,400 LBS. The
bridges are in proper condition to lift and re-set. Work needed to
both bridges is new decking and a cattle panel type mesh that is
less than 4” to close up gaps that currently do not meet code.
28. Will builders risk be required for the entire contract amount, and if so what
are the limitations?
The Builder’s Risk only covers structures on the property and
does not cover earthwork performed. Builder’s Risk should not
be included in the bid package. After award, The City of Fort
Collins may purchase Builder’s Risk at their discretion.
29. Please confirm that the City of Fort Collins will be providing all necessary
testing and inspections for the project.
Yes, the City of Fort Collins will provide all testing required
during construction. We will have the Contractor work with the
City of Fort Collins to schedule items that need testing
throughout the duration of the project.
30. The pavement legends on sheet HC‐1, and sheet UT‐5 are contradictory,
please clarify if heavy duty concrete paving or light duty concrete paving is
to be used at the drive access and parking stalls.
UT-5 is correct; the heavy duty concrete is to be used in the
drive, light duty in the parking. For the bid alternate (removal of
pervious pavers), the turnaround shall be heavy duty concrete.
31. Referring to bid item #D‐21‐ Dog Park‐ Will the crusher fines trails
surrounding the dog park, and connecting the sidewalks also be removed
as a part of the deduct bid item?
No, those would remain. Refer to sheet 2 of plan set, Alternate
Bid Areas. This sheet highlights the deduct alternate bid areas.
32. Need specifications for excavation and aggregate gradations?
The plans reference the appropriate construction specifications
depending on the utility. Storm pipe should be per City of Fort
Collins construction specifications, sewer and water should be
per FCLWD construction specifications. The appropriate
sections are referenced on the details which are included on the
plans. It will be the contractor’s responsibility to obtain a copy of
these standard specifications for both the City of Fort Collins and
FCLWD.
33. Do the Ipe Deck, benches, gabion seatwalls and custom tables get any
stain or finish or will this be natural? Please clarify.
No, Ipe does not get any finish.
34. Please clarify the depth of the infield mix. Sheet LR‐01 shows 8” depth,
detail 2 on Sheet LR‐02 show 6” depth. 6” depth is typical for most
ballfields.
6” is acceptable.
35. Please confirm depth on warning track mix.
4” minimum.
36. Bid Alternate D‐1 – Concrete Band Scope Deduction. Given the extensive
amount of concrete curbs, bands, mow curbs, etc. and interpretation of the
base bid description can a LF be provided by the architect to clarify the
proposed credit back for this item?
LF of concrete band removed equals: 2,946 LF
37. Under what bid item is the Georoof for the silos bid? Please clarify if this is
or is not part of the playground force account bid item.
No, the Georoof should be bid under Bid Item #4 Park
Architecture and Structures. See updated SECTION 012900-
MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT.
38. Sheet OSL‐02 – Please confirm that the General Contractor and Landscape
Contractor will be required to attend 2 inspections per year for the two year
warranty guarantee on the plant material. Will dead plant material need to
be replaced within 2 weeks of each inspection or can this be at the end of
the warrantee period?
No, the City of Fort Collins will schedule a 2 year warranty walk
through, just prior to the 2 year anniversary of Final Acceptance,
with the General Contractor. At this time a punch list will be
formulated and any plant material on that list will need to be
replaced within 2 weeks along with final inspection and approval
from the City of Fort Collins. After this has taken place the 2 year
warranty period will have been completed.
39. Given the extent of the plant material, will a 2 year warranty bond be
required from the landscape contractor?
See updated Bid Schedule and SECTION 012900-
MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT for description.
40. For bid item D‐14 will the pervious pavers be replaced by light duty or heavy
duty concrete paving? Will any additional storm drainage work be
necessary due to removing the pervious paver/drain system?
This bid item will be replaced with light duty concrete paving. No
additional storm drainage will be necessary in the parking area.
41. The specification for “Cantena Tables,” calls out three different sizes/styles,
the quantity per each size in unclear in the plans. Please clarify and/or
provide quantities for each size of table.
See updated specification SECTION 129300 - SITE FURNISHINGS
42. Sheet LL‐13 calls out 6” Flush Concrete Band on the west side of the play
area, is this true for the whole length or when it meets the fibar will it be
considered concrete play edging as shown on LR‐07?
This will be concrete play edging at the fibar.
43. Sheet LL‐13 calls out 6” Flush Concrete Band on the west side of the play
area, is this true for the whole length or when it meets the fibar will it be
considered concrete play edging as shown on LR‐07?
This was shown on sheet LR-06 however that sheet has been
modified with this addendum and the ramp is no longer needed.
Please see revised sheets.
44. Can the contact information be provided for the silo relocation contractor?
M & M Tank Coating Company, 102 8th Ave, Greeley, CO 80631.
Office: 970-356-7438 Fax: 970-356-2122
45. Since the general contractor is responsible for affixing the silos to the silo
foundation pads will this work be included as part of the playground
installation force account? If not, without any drawings and/or information of
the existing conditions of the silo we will not be able to quantify how the
silos are to be installed.
The silos will be set and installed to the foundations by the Silo
Relocation Contractor and are not part of the General
Contractor’s bid. See updated SECTION 011000 – SUMMARY OF
WORK.
46. We have not been able to find a plumbing fixture schedule, while the
specifications list several manufacturers the model numbers are not
provided. Please clarify as there will be lead time on quantifying and quoting
these fixtures.
Contractor to reference specification Section 224000 – Plumbing
Fixtures and Equipment, para. 2.2 – 2.3 lists manufacturer model
numbers.
47. The specification for all of the underground drains is gasketed cast iron.
This is a difficult type of pipe to find/provide with suppliers, can an alternate
material be provided and/or proposed?
PVC Schedule 40 (Solid Core Only) has been added to
Specification Section 221110 – Plumbing Piping, para. 2.1. Per
2012 IPC, Table 702.2 Underground Building and Drainage and
Vent Pipe, “Polyvinyl chloride (PVC) plastic pipe in IPS
diameters, including Schedule 40, DR 22 (PS 200) and DR 24 (PS
140); with a solid core. (Only solid core will be allowed)
Standards: ASTM D 2665; ASTM F 891; ASTM F 1488; CSA
B181.2; Fittings: ASTM D 2665; ASTM F 1866.” See attached
Revised Specification Section 221110. Underground pipe outside
building as specified by Interwest.
Southeast Community Park 02/09/2016
Civitas #2-13-0010
TABLE OF CONTENTS - 1
(Addendum 03, 03.22.2016)
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS TABLE OF CONTENTS
Section Number Section Title Pages in Section
DIVISION 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
01 00 00 General Requirements ............................................................................................................... 4
01 10 00 Summary of Work .................................................................................................................... 2
01 16 00 Site Conditions .......................................................................................................................... 3
01 22 00 Unit Prices ................................................................................................................................. 7
01 23 00 Alternates .................................................................................................................................. 3
01 29 00 Measurement and Payment ....................................................................................................... 1
01 30 00 Coordination and Project Meetings .......................................................................................... 1
01 31 00 Construction Schedules ............................................................................................................ 3
01 33 00 Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples ............................................................................. 3
01 34 00 Survey Data ............................................................................................................................... 1
01 45 00 Quality Control and Testing ..................................................................................................... 3
01 50 00 Temporary Facilities and Controls ........................................................................................... 1
01 51 00 Temporary Utilities ................................................................................................................... 1
01 57 00 Traffic Control .......................................................................................................................... 2
01 60 00 Materials and Equipment .......................................................................................................... 3
01 70 00 Contract Closeout ...................................................................................................................... 6
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS (note: some out-of-sequence section numbers will be corrected during
the CD phase. Sections are in order as shown on Table of Contents.)
03 30 00 Cast In Place Concrete ............................................................................................................ 21
03 45 00 Precast Architectural Concrete ................................................................................................. 8
04 20 00 Unit Masonry .......................................................................................................................... 14
05 12 00 Structural Steel Framing ......................................................................................................... 16
05 12 13 AESS Framing ........................................................................................................................ 11
05 50 00 Metal Fabrications .................................................................................................................... 9
05 50 00.01 Metal Fabrications – Site .......................................................................................................... 6
05 52 13 Pipe and Tube Railings ............................................................................................................. 6
05 70 00 Decorative Metal ....................................................................................................................... 6
05 73 00 Steel Wire Rope Railing Systems ............................................................................................. 6
06 10 00 Rough Carpentry ....................................................................................................................... 8
06 10 63 Exterior Rough Carpentry ........................................................................................................ 4
06 15 33 Wood Patio Decking ................................................................................................................. 6
06 16 00 Sheathing ................................................................................................................................... 3
06 20 23 Finish Carpentry ........................................................................................................................ 5
07 11 13 Bituminous Dampproofing ....................................................................................................... 4
07 19 00 Water Repellents ....................................................................................................................... 5
07 21 00 Thermal Insulation .................................................................................................................... 5
07 41 13 Formed Metal Roof Panels ..................................................................................................... 11
Southeast Community Park 02/09/2016
Civitas #2-13-0010
TABLE OF CONTENTS - 2
07 63 00 Flashing ..................................................................................................................................... 4
07 92 00 Joint Sealants ........................................................................................................................... 10
08 11 13 Hollow Metal Doors and Frames ............................................................................................. 8
08 36 13 Sectional Doors ......................................................................................................................... 5
08 41 13 Aluminum – Framed Entraces and Storefront ........................................................................ 10
08 71 00 Door Hardware ........................................................................................................................ 15
08 80 00 Glazing ...................................................................................................................................... 8
09 67 00 Fluid Applied Flooring ............................................................................................................. 5
09 91 13 Painted ..................................................................................................................................... 10
10 21 13 Toilet Compartments ................................................................................................................ 5
10 28 00 Toilet, Bath, and Laundry Accessories ..................................................................................... 4
10 73 46 Prefabricated Site Shelters ........................................................................................................ 2
11 65 00 Athletic Equipment ................................................................................................................... 3
12 93 00 Site Furnishings ...................................................................................................................... 11
22 00 00 Plumbing Special Conditions ................................................................................................... 8
22 05 00 Common Work Results for Plumbing ...................................................................................... 5
22 05 19 Meters and Gauges for Plumbing Piping ................................................................................. 3
22 05 23 General Duty Valves for Plumbing Piping .............................................................................. 3
22 05 29 Hangers and Supports for Plumbing Piping and Equipment ................................................... 3
22 05 53 Identification for Plumbing Piping and Equipment ................................................................. 4
22 07 00 Insulation for Plumbing Systems .............................................................................................. 5
22 11 10 Plumbing Piping ....................................................................................................................... 4
22 40 00 Plumbing Fixtures ................................................................................................................... 10
23 00 00 HVAC Special Conditions ........................................................................................................ 5
23 05 00 Common Work Results for HVAC .......................................................................................... 2
23 05 13 Common Motor Requirements for HVAC Equipment ............................................................ 4
23 05 29 Hangers & Supports .................................................................................................................. 1
23 05 48 Vibration Isolation Equipment ................................................................................................. 1
23 05 93 Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing for HVAC ......................................................................... 3
23 09 00 Instrumentation and Controls for HVAC ................................................................................. 4
23 09 93 Sequence of Operations for HVAC Controls ........................................................................... 1
23 90 20 Heating and Ventilation ............................................................................................................ 8
26 05 00 Common Work for Electrical ................................................................................................... 5
26 05 19 Conductors ................................................................................................................................ 3
26 05 26 Grounding ................................................................................................................................. 3
26 05 33 Raceways .................................................................................................................................. 3
26 05 35 Underground Hand Holes ......................................................................................................... 3
26 05 53 Identification for Electrical Systems ........................................................................................ 5
26 22 00 Low-Voltage Transformers ...................................................................................................... 6
26 24 16 Panelboards ............................................................................................................................. 11
26 27 13 Electricity Metering .................................................................................................................. 5
Southeast Community Park 02/09/2016
Civitas #2-13-0010
TABLE OF CONTENTS - 3
26 27 26 Wiring Devices ......................................................................................................................... 2
26 28 13 Fuses .......................................................................................................................................... 4
26 28 16 Enclosed Switches and Circuit Breakers ................................................................................. 4.
26 56 01 Exterior Lighting for Public Spaces ....................................................................................... 13
26 56 68 Exterior Athletic Lighting ....................................................................................................... 23
32 13 13 Shotcrete....................................................................................................................... 3 (A 03)
32 14 00 Unit Paving ............................................................................................................................... 8
32 18 15 Skinned Infield Mix .................................................................................................................. 3
32 18 16 Playground Protective Surfacing .............................................................................................. 1
32 31 13 Chainlink Fence and Gates ....................................................................................................... 8
32 34 00 Pedestrian Bridges (A 03) .................................................................................................... 17
32 84 00 Irrigation System ..................................................................................................................... 21
32 91 00 Landscape Systems ................................................................................................................. 11
32 92 00 Turf and Grasses ..................................................................................................................... 13
32 93 00 Trees, Plants and Groundcovers ............................................................................................. 15
REPORT DOCUMENTATION
Geotechnical Report, dated June 18, 2014, Terracon Consultants, Inc.
APPENDIX:
Lighting Cutsheets
Ballfield Cutsheets
Note: Sections rendered in grey will be included in subsequent submittals.
Southeast Community Park SECTION 01010 – PROJECT SUMMARY
Page 1 of 3
DIVISION 1
SECTION 010000 – PROJECT SUMMARY (Addendum 03, 03.22.2016)
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 Scope
A. This section contains general requirements that are applicable to this project.
1.02 Description of Work
A. The Contractor shall provide labor, materials and equipment necessary to perform the work items
called for on the drawings and bid schedule.
1.03 City Furnished Materials
A. City Furnished Materials include full supply of play area equipment including Play Barn, all play area
materials including play barn, swing sets, custom climbing objects, silo interior play material
packages, slides including the silo slide, netting, platforms, anchor bolts for foundation installation and
play material assembly hardware and fasteners. Contractor shall be responsible for assembly and
installation of all Owner Supplied Materials via Bid Item #4 – Installation of Playground Equipment,
as directed by Owner.
1.04 Coordination of Other Work
A. Contractor shall coordinate with Owner and other onsite contractors as described below:
1. BMX Contractor – Contractor shall provide all materials described in Bid Item #7 and install
items described in Schedule Milestone #4. Owner shall contract directly with BMX Park
installing contractor. BMX Park installing contractor shall utilize the General Contractors
construction entrances and work within General Contractor’s BMP Measures. General Contractor
shall remain responsible for BMP and SWMP Maintenance and shall adjust SWMP Plan as
needed.
2. Silo Relocation Contractor - Contractor shall install all foundations as described in Schedule
Milestone #7. Owner shall contract directly with Silo Relocation contractor. Silo Relocating
contractor shall utilize the General Contractors construction entrances for transport of Silo
Structures. General Contractor shall provide access and route to Silo Foundations location from
public Right-of Way. General Contractor shall be NOT be responsible for affixing relocated Silos
to Silo foundation pads as shown in the plans and specifications.
1.05 Conditions of Work
B. Area of Work: The Contractor shall confine his operations to the immediate work area. Material
storage shall be confined to areas shown on the Drawings or designated by the City.
C. Regulations: The Contractor shall comply with applicable Federal, State, and local regulations
pertaining to safety, traffic control, fire prevention, erosion control and environmental protection.
D. Working Hours: The Contractor's working hours shall be between 7:00 a.m. and 5:00 p.m., with no
work on weekends and Federal holidays, unless otherwise approved by the City.
E. Material Storage: The Contractor's material and equipment storage site shall be limited to the area of
the project site. The area shall be kept orderly and free of litter. The location of staging and material
storage areas shall be approved by the Owner’s representative.
F. Construction Fencing: The Contractor shall construct a fence around the entire project limits for the
duration of the project to prevent pedestrian and automotive access to the construction site, and to
prohibit access to protected areas. Fence height and materials shall be approved by the Owner’s
Representative. Construction fences shall be maintained in good condition throughout the duration of
the construction process.
Southeast Community Park SECTION 01010 – PROJECT SUMMARY
Page 2 of 3
1.06 Project Cleanup
A. The Contractor is responsible to maintain the construction site in a clean and orderly condition from
the start of the project to completion. Daily cleanups are required.
1. The City may require Contractor to perform cleanup within 100 feet of the progress of the work
and perform cleanup of the site daily prior to work stoppage.
B. Store volatile wastes in covered containers and dispose off-site.
1. Provide on-site covered containers for the collection of waste materials, debris and rubbish.
2. Neatly store construction materials, such as concrete forms, when not in use.
C. Wastes shall not be buried or burned on the site or disposed of into storm drains, sanitary sewers,
streams or waterways.
D. At project completion the Contractor shall remove equipment, materials, and debris from the site
including toilets and dumpsters. Areas around work sites shall be cleaned, with dirt and grass surfaces
raked clean of any slag from the Contractor's operations. Broom clean exterior paved surfaces.
Remaining dirt and fill material shall be removed, or may be scattered, with the approval of the City.
1.07 Trash Removal
A. Non-salvageable items and trash shall be hauled off the site and disposed of in accordance with
applicable state and local regulations. Items shall be transported in tarp-covered or closed vehicles.
Materials dropped or blown off vehicles shall be picked up immediately by Contractor. Contractor to
recycle appropriate materials.
1.08 Verification of Dimensions
A. The Contractor shall he responsible for the coordination and proper relation of the work. He shall field
verify dimensions and advise the City of any discrepancies prior to proceeding with that phase of the
work.
1.09 Fire Hydrants
A. Fire Hydrant Connections: City’s or District’s permission is required for connection to fire hydrants.
Only compatible adapters shall be utilized for hydrant connections. A gate valve shall be provided and
installed by the Contractor between the hydrant and supply hoses to control flow. Connection shall
include back flow protection. Temporary connections to fire hydrants shall be disconnected at the end
of each working day. No quick closing valves such as plug or butterfly valves will be used.
1.10 Outages
A. Utility outages necessitated by the work shall be requested in writing at least fifteen (15) working days
prior to the proposed outage. The request shall be directed to the City and shall stipulate the specific
utility system(s) and circuits to be affected, the location of the work, the time at which the shutdown
will occur, and the duration of the outage for each system. Outages shall be kept to a minimum both in
number and in duration. Where multiple outages are required, as many outages as can be accurately
scheduled shall he submitted as a group.
1.11 Fill Material
A. Excess fill material (unless approved to remain on site) including rock, gravel, sod, broken concrete,
asphalt, plaster, etc., shall be hauled off the site and disposed of in accordance with applicable State
and local regulations.
B. Additional fill material, if required, shall be hauled to the site from off the site as a necessary part of
the work. Material composition shall be subject to the requirements of the specifications.
1.12 Parking
A. Parking of the Contractor's vehicles shall be restricted to an area designated by the City.
Southeast Community Park SECTION 01010 – PROJECT SUMMARY
Page 3 of 3
1.13 Telephone
A. Business Telephone: At the beginning of construction, the Contractor shall provide the City with a
telephone number at which the Contractor or his representative may be contacted at any time during
regular working hours. The Contractor shall also provide a phone number for after-duty hours contact.
1.14 Sanitary Provisions
A. The Contractor shall provide temporary toilets for the use of construction personnel. Location, type,
proposed maintenance, etc., shall be approved by the City prior to placing toilets. Temporary toilets
shall be removed at the completion of construction and the adjacent area restored to the condition
existing prior to the start of construction or as indicated on the plans.
1.15 Pollution Abatement
A. Transporting materials to or from the site shall be accomplished in a manner preventing materials or
particles from becoming airborne. Earth materials shall be covered, wetted or otherwise protected.
Gravel, sand and concrete shall be contained within vehicles to prevent spillage.
B. Prevent the deposit of dirt, mud or debris on improved streets and roads, and remove debris should
such deposition occur.
C. Burning of material on site is prohibited.
D. Stream beds, lakes, ponds, drainage ways, sanitary and storm sewers, etc., shall not be polluted by
fuels, oils, bitumen, acids, or other harmful materials. Surface drainage from the construction site,
which contains harmful amounts of sediment, shall not be allowed to drain onto adjacent areas.
Grading shall be accomplished to allow sedimentation to settle out prior to flowing onto adjacent areas.
E. Flushing of concrete trucks is allowed only at the project site or the designated contractor storage area,
with the responsibility of control and cleanup resting with the Contractor.
F. Toxic, corrosive and flammable materials for construction other than specified shall not be used
without prior approval of the City of Fort Collins. When approved, disposal of these materials or their
containers will be off site and conform to state and federal regulations.
1.16 Protection of Property
A. Initiate, maintain and supervise necessary protection to prevent damage, injury or loss to:
1. The Work and materials and equipment to be incorporated in the project, whether in storage on or
off the site: and
2. Property at the site or adjacent thereto, including fences, patios, driveways, sidewalks, pavement,
trees, shrubs, lawns, walks, structures, utilities and underground facilities not designated for
removal, relocation or replacement in the course of construction.
B. Maintain, protect, and support existing utilities and other appurtenances against damage by shoring,
bracing, or other means.
C. Do not stockpile excavated material against existing appurtenances.
1.17 Survey Requirements
A. Contractor shall perform surveying necessary to complete the work.
1.18 Construction Superintendent
A. The construction superintendent shall be at the job site any time work is being accomplished by any of
the trades.
PART 2 - MATERIALS (Not Used)
PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used)
PART 4 - MEASUREMENT & PAYMENT (Not Used)
Southeast Community Park SECTION 01010 – PROJECT SUMMARY
Page 4 of 3
END OF SECTION
Southeast Community Park SECTION 011000 – SUMMARY OF WORK
Page 1 of 6
DIVISION 1
SECTION 011000 - SUMMARY OF WORK (Addendum 03, 03.22.2016)
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 Description of Work
A. The City of Fort Collins Southeast Community Park improvements include, but are not limited to,
construction/installation of the following: erosion control, parking lots, soft and hard paths, plazas, site
lighting, baseball fields and lighting, basketball court, walls, storm drainage, pavilion, pedestrian
bridges, restrooms, irrigation controls, irrigation distribution system, landscaping, utilities, play
equipment installation and site furnishings.
B. Protection and Restoration.
1. Replace to equal or better conditions items removed and replaced or damaged during construction.
Restore areas disturbed to match surrounding surface conditions.
2. Contract Times and Completion Dates
A. Notice-to-Proceed will be issued following execution of the Agreement, and Contractor Furnishing
Performance and Payment Bonds, and Certificate of Insurance. Contractor shall furnish the
Performance and Payment Bonds and Certificate of Insurance within ten (10) days of receipt of Notice
of Award. Construction services performed in accordance with the Agreement and specifications are
based on the following:
B. Construction Period:
1. Milestones
a. Substantial completion is 425 Calendar Days
b. McClelland Creek Work – may only occur between October 15, 2016 – April 15, 2017.
c. Saber Cat Right Turn Lane and Saber Cat West Pull-In Parking Work- demolition and
construction may only occur between May 30, 2016 – August 16, 2016, unless approved
by Owner and Poudre School District. Refer to sheets DEMO-1-2, PP-2 and LG-01-02.
d. The following required completion date items shall be indicated on the schedule with
completion dates:
1. Earthwork - TBD - These items includes all non-floodplain earthwork.
2. Non-Irrigated seed installed – April 15, 2017 – This item includes installation of all
non-irrigated seed in place.
3. Irrigated blue grass seed and sod installed – May 1, 2017 – This item includes
installation of all blue grass irrigated seed with all amendment requirements in place.
4. BMX Staging - May 6, 2016 – This item includes all staging of material placed and
ready for BMX Subcontractor. This milestone item also includes installation of 5-
foot diameter snout-sump manhole in BMX area, installation of 200 LF of 18-inch
RCP and tie-in to existing inlet as shown on sheet UT-7.
5. BMX Fencing and Maintenance Gate - June 30, 2016 - This item includes
installation of perimeter fencing around BMX track as shown on plans and
specifications.
6. BMX Tuff Shed - June 30, 2016 - This item includes the installation of the shed and
the conduit for the sheds electrical system as shown on the plans and specifications.
Southeast Community Park SECTION 011000 – SUMMARY OF WORK
Page 2 of 6
7. Foundation Work for Silo’s – May 13, 2016 – This work includes excavation, sub-
grade prep, placement of silo foundations and cure period prior to silo placement.
8. Utilities Complete - TBD – This item includes installation and acceptance by owner
for all utilities including stormwater, sanitary, electrical, and potable water. Item
excludes irrigation installed and accepted by Milestone Date.
9. Restrooms TBD – This item includes both restrooms completed on-site, tested,
accepted, and ready for public use. This item also requires sanitary sewer servicing
the restrooms to be complete and accepted.
C. Liquidated Damages: Individual milestone requirements shall be governed by the liquidated damages
amount for “Substantial Completion” as set in Article 3, Section 3.3 of the AGREEMENT.
1.03 Notices to Private Owners and Authorities
A. Notify private owners of adjacent property, utilities, affected governmental agencies, and school
district when execution of the work may affect them.
B. Give notification 48 hours in advance to enable affected persons to provide for their needs when it is
necessary to temporarily deny access or services.
C. Contact utilities at least 48 hours prior to excavating near underground utilities.
D. Contact agencies at least 72 hours prior to start of construction. Notify agencies of the proposed scope
of work, schedule and items that would affect their daily operation.
E. Names and telephone numbers of affected agencies and utilities in the area are listed below for
Contractor's convenience.
Water – Fort Collins/Loveland Water District 226-3104
Storm Sewer - City of Fort Collins, Colorado 212-2900
Sanitary Sewer – South Fort Collins Sanitation District 226-3104
Electrical - City of Fort Collins, Colorado 212-2900
Gas – Xcel Energy 800-481-4700
Telephone - Qwest 800-222-0400
Roads - City of Ft. Collins, Colorado 221-6588, inspections only 221-6609
Cable Television – Comcast 800-824-4010
Utility Locates - One-call System 1-800-922-1987
Safety - Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) 844-3061
Fire - Poudre Fire Authority Non-Emergency 221-6570/ Emergency 911
Police - City of Fort Collins Police Department Non-Emergency 221-6540 / Emergency 911
Larimer County Sheriff's Department - Non-Emergency 416-1985
Postmaster - United States Postal Service 800-275-8777
Ambulance - Poudre Valley Hospital Non-Emergency 484-1227 / Emergency 911
Public Transportation - TransFort 221-6620
Traffic Control - Traffic Engineering 221-6815
Southeast Community Park SECTION 011000 – SUMMARY OF WORK
Page 3 of 6
1.04 Field Engineering
A. Employ a Land Surveyor registered in the State of Colorado and acceptable to the Engineer and Owner.
B. Contractor to locate and protect survey control and reference points.
C. Control datum for survey is that shown on Drawings.
D. Provide field engineering services. Establish elevations, lines, and levels, utilizing recognized engineering
survey practices.
1.05 Lines and Grades
A. Construct all Work to the lines, grades, and elevations indicated on the drawings.
1. Remove and reconstruct improperly located Work.
B. Engineer will establish or designate 1 basic horizontal and vertical control point
1. Use this point as datum for the Work.
2. Provide, without charge, such competent personnel and tools, stakes, and other materials as
Engineer and Owner may require in establishing or designating control points, in establishing
construction easement boundaries, or in checking layout survey, and measurement work
performed by Contractor.
C. Provide all additional survey, layout, and measurement work required.
1. Work performed by a qualified professional engineer or registered land surveyor acceptable to
Engineer and Owner.
2. Locate and protect control points prior to starting site work, and preserve all permanent reference
points during construction.
a. Make no changes or relocations without prior written notice to Engineer.
b. Report to Engineer when any reference point is lost or destroyed, or requires relocation
because of necessary changes in grades or locations.
c. Require surveyor to replace Project control points which may be lost or destroyed.
1) Establish replacements based on original survey control
3. Establish lines and levels, locate and lay out, by instrumentation and similar appropriate means.
a. Site improvements
1) Stakes for grading, fill and topsoil placement
2) Utility slopes and invert elevations
4. From time to time, verify layouts by the same methods.
5. Maintain a complete, accurate log of all control and survey work as it progresses.
6. On request of Engineer, submit documentation to verify accuracy or field engineering work.
1.06 Regulatory Requirements
D. Comply with all federal, state, and local laws, regulations, codes, and ordinances applicable to the Work.
E. Obtain and pay for all permits associated with this project including city and state demolition permits. The
City of Fort Collins will pay the Building Permit Fees for the Contractor. Contractor is to provide all
requirements to qualify for the building permit (i.e. Fort Collins GC License, Electrical license, etc.).
F. Contractor will be required to procure and provide ROW Construction permit and CDPHE SWMP permit in
addition to other required permits.
G. Other standards and codes which apply to the Work are designated in the specifications.
1.07 Coordination
Southeast Community Park SECTION 011000 – SUMMARY OF WORK
Page 4 of 6
H. Coordinate scheduling, submissions, and Work of the various Sections of specifications to assure efficient and
orderly sequence of installation of interdependent construction elements.
I. Coordinate completion and clean-up of Work of separate Sections.
1.08 Coordination of Regulatory Requirements
A. United States Army Core of Engineer 401 and 404 Permits will be secured for all McClelland Creek Work
by the City of Fort Collins as the permittee. Contractor will be required to comply with and accommodate
permit conditions.
1. Contractor shall be responsible for SWMP Plan and documentation which shall be performed and
documented at least every 14 days, and within 24 hours of any precipitation or snowmelt event
that causes surface erosion. Inspection results must be documented and accurate and detailed
records shall be maintained. Records shall be made available to the Water Quality Control
Division or EPA if requested.
2. Contractor shall make the SWMP responsible person available for periodic meetings and site visits
regarding permit compliance.
3. Contractor shall provide documentation of erosion control job schedule, records of BMP
Maintenance, and general compliance documents when requested by the City of Fort Collins or
other governing agency
4. Copies of the permits will be distributed to the Contractor following securing of the Permits.
PART 2 - MATERIALS (Not Used)
PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used)
PART 4 - MEASUREMENT & PAYMENT (Not Used)
END OF SECTION
Southeast Community Park 02/09/2016
Civitas #2-13-0010
MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 012900 - 1
SECTION 012900 - MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT (Addendum 03, 03.22.2016)
PART 1 – GENERAL
1.01 Description
A. This section covers the methods employed in determining the payment due for work
completed under this contract.
B. The bid price shall cover all work required by this contract based upon the quantities outlined
in the bid form.
C. Where unit prices are not set forth on specific work, that work shall be considered incidental
to the Contract.
D. Quantities for unit prices given in the bid form are estimates for the purposes of field order
adjustments to the Contract to adjust the scope of work.
1.02 Lump Sum Prices
A. Where lump sum prices are given for an item in the bid schedule or for items added during
construction by change order, the price will include all materials, labor, overhead and any
other cost incurred to complete the construction of the item in accordance with the plans and
specifications.
B. All unit prices for each item shall include its pro rata share of profits, taxes, and overhead,
and are for the items installed in place, maintained and guaranteed. Including these factors,
unit prices must accurately reflect actual costs. Unit prices are to be valid for the life of the
contract.
1.03 Requirements
A. Contractor shall submit proposed Time and Material Rates for Labor and Equipment that will be
onsite for Engineer’s review. Equipment unit rates shall be consistent with industry standards for
the area and equipment type and are subject to submittal review and acceptance.
B. For All Lump Sum Bid Items, submit to Owner schedule of values allocated to various portions of
Work, within 15 days after Notice of Award.
1. The following portions of work will be required values:
a. All Storm Water Inlet Structures
b. All Riparian Seeding
c. All Erosion Control Blanket within McClelland Creek Area, delineated at the top
of bank line.
C. Upon request of Owner, support values with data which substantiate their correctness.
D. Schedule of values, unless objected to by Owner, shall be used only as basis for Contractor’s
Applications for Payment.
Southeast Community Park 02/09/2016
Civitas #2-13-0010
MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 012900 - 2
E. Submit initial schedule of values in duplicate. After review by Owner revise and resubmit as
required. Submit schedule of Values with each Application for Payment, reflecting any changes.
F. Submit typed schedule on form provided by Owner.
1.04 Form and Content
A. Type schedule on 8-1/2”x11 white paper; Identify schedule with:
1. Title of project and location.
2. Project number.
3. Name and Address of Contractor.
4. Agreement designation
5. Date of submission.
B. Schedule shall list installed value of component parts of Work in sufficient detail to serve as basis
for computing values for progress payments during construction.
C. For each major line item list sub-values of major products or operations under item.
D. For various portions of Work:
1. Each item shall include directly proportional amount of Contractor’s overhead and profit.
2. For items on which progress payment will be requested for stored materials, break down
value into:
a. Cost of materials, delivered and unloaded at site.
b. Total installed value.
E. Sum of all values listed in schedule shall equal total Contract Price.
F. Where lump sum prices are given for an item in the bid schedule or for items added during
construction
1.05 Unit Price Requirements
A. Items of Work described herein are specifically listed in the Agreement for separate measurement
and payment.
B. No other items of Work required by Contract Documents shall be measured or paid for as a separate
item, but shall be included as part of listed unit price item to which Work pertains. Failure to list all
such related Work in the following descriptions of unit price items shall not invalidate this
stipulation.
C. Contractor shall measure unit price quantities for payment and submit to Owner.
D. Bids on all unit prices specified hereunder shall be submitted as indicated on Bid Form. The
additive or deductive amount of each unit price shall represent the true value of the part of the work
covered by that unit price.
Southeast Community Park 02/09/2016
Civitas #2-13-0010
MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 012900 - 3
E. The amount of each unit price shall include:
1. The direct and indirect costs of the work so described to the Contractor.
2. Delivery to and from the site.
3. Applicable taxes.
4. Handling at the site: Including loading and unloading, placing and dumping, and storage.
5. Labor for installation and finishing.
6. Contractor’s and Subcontractor’s overhead and profit.
F. Unit prices shall reflect the increase or decrease in cost of all work of every nature which may be
affected thereby. No subsequent claims for extras by reason of the Contractor’s failure to observe
this requirement will be considered.
G. Material and workmanship required by the unit price shall conform to the requirements of the
specifications for similar items of work.
1.06 Description of Unit Price Items
A. Bid Item #1 Contractor Mobilization (Per Lump Sum)
No unit measurement for payment will be made for any of the work, materials, and equipment
required for mobilization and field overhead. This Bid item is limited to maximum of 10 percent
of the total Bid price. Payment will be made at the lump sum price bid in the Schedule for
Mobilization/Demobilization. The first progress payment for Mobilization will be subject to
receipt and/or completion of the following:
a. Includes the mobilization of Contractor personnel, equipment and temporary construction
facilities to the project site; providing temporary utilities; installation and maintenance of
sediment control structures, maintaining access roads, parking areas and haul roads (including
grading and dust control)
b. Detailed CPM baseline construction schedule submittal
c. Schedule of values submittal for lump sum items.
d. Required insurance certificates and bonds, unless specifically included in other bid items.
e. Required preconstruction meeting, submittals, and permits.
f. Providing a designated full-time superintendent and foremen on-site.
g. Payment will be made for Mobilization/Demobilization as follows, subject to acceptable
construction progress:
i. Twenty percent of the bid price for this Bid Item with the first monthly progress payment.
ii. Twenty-Five percent of the bid price for this Bid Item with the second monthly progress
payment.
iii. Twenty-five percent of the bid price with the third monthly progress payment.
iv. The remainder shall be equally prorated over each remaining payment request for the
balance of the construction schedule.
Southeast Community Park 02/09/2016
Civitas #2-13-0010
MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 012900 - 4
v. The total sum of all payments shall not exceed the original contract amount bid for the
item, regardless of the fact that the Contractor may have, for any reason, shut down the
work on the project or moved equipment away from the project and then back again.
B. Bid Item #2 Demolition, Temporary Controls, Traffic Control (Per Lump Sum)
No unit measurement for payment will be made for any of the work, materials, and equipment
required for mobilization and field overhead. The payment shall be total compensation for all
labor, equipment, materials, maintenance, overhead, and all incidentals necessary to complete in
place: Demolition, Disposal, Protection of Items to Remain, Tree Protection, Removal of Existing
Baseball Facilities and Fence, Removal of BMX Park Structures, Removal of Miscellaneous
Debris, and Removal of any other Shown Items, Installation of Maintenance of Traffic Control
for Roadway Improvements and as needed for any Material and Equipment Mobilizations or
Control of Traffic, as indicated on the Drawings, and in the Specifications and not expressly
included in any other items.
C. Bid Item #3 Earthwork and Utilities (Per Lump Sum)
No unit measurement for payment will be made for any of the work, materials, and equipment
required for mobilization and field overhead. The payment shall be total compensation for all
labor, equipment, materials, maintenance, overhead, and all incidentals necessary to complete in
place: Site Clearing, Water Control, Earthwork Including All Site Grading Inside and Outside of
the Flood Plain, Erosion Control, Water Utilities, Sanitary Sewer, Storm Sewer, Subdrains,
Athletic Court and Field Perimeter Drains, Irrigation Delivery System, Power Distribution and
Controls, Telecommunications, Emergency Call Boxes, General Site Lighting, and Baseball Field
Site Lighting, as indicated on the Drawings, and in the Specifications and not expressly included
in any other bid item.
D. Bid Item #4 Park Architecture and Structures (Per Lump Sum)
No unit measurement for payment will be made for any of the work, materials, and equipment
required for mobilization and field overhead. The payment shall be total compensation for all
labor, equipment, materials, maintenance, overhead, and all incidentals necessary to complete in
place: Silo Georoof Installation, Silo foundations, Silo Penetrations and Welded Attachments on
Silos for Play Equipment, Baseball Restrooms, Play Area Restrooms, Farmhouse Pavilion,
Farmhouse Pavilion Floor and Grill Area, Building Perimeter Drains, Utilities located within the
structures and within a distance of five feet (5’) from their foundations, as indicated on the
Drawings, and in the Specifications and not expressly included in any other bid item.
E. Bid Item #5 Installation of Playground Equipment (Per Lump Sum)
No unit measurement for payment will be made for any of the work, materials, and equipment
required for mobilization and field overhead. The payment shall be total compensation for all
labor, equipment, materials, maintenance, overhead, and all incidentals necessary to complete in
place: Receiving and Documentation of All Received Items for shipment completeness,
Installation of All Equipment and Equipment Foundations, Handling including Lifting and
Southeast Community Park 02/09/2016
Civitas #2-13-0010
MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 012900 - 5
Staging, Setup, Miscellaneous Foundations, Securing of Equipment to Foundations and Silos,
Construction of Play Barn and Play Barn Foundation, and Testing of Equipment for Proper
Installation, as indicated on the Drawings, and in the Specifications and not expressly included in
any other bid item. This item shall be paid via time and materials documented in the field by the
Contractor and approved by the City of Fort Collins Construction Project Manager. The
Playground Equipment and Play Barn are Owner Supplied Materials.
F. Bid Item #6 Baseball Fields (Per Lump Sum)
No unit measurement for payment will be made for any of the work, materials, and equipment
required for mobilization and field overhead. The payment shall be total compensation for all
labor, equipment, materials, maintenance, overhead, and all incidentals necessary to complete in
place: Baseball Fencing, Baseball Backstops, Baseball Foul Poles, Baseball Plates, Players
Benches, Dugout Concrete Floor, Spectator Bleachers, Dugout Roof Structures, Scorekeeper
Structures and Roof, Bat Racks, Scoreboard, as indicated on the Drawings, and in the
Specifications and not expressly included in any other bid item.
H. Bid Item #7 Basketball Court (Per Lump Sum)
No unit measurement for payment will be made for any of the work, materials, and equipment
required for mobilization and field overhead. The payment shall be total compensation for all
labor, equipment, materials, maintenance, overhead, and all incidentals necessary to complete in
place: Post-Tension Slabs, Concrete Perimeter Beam, Basketball Pavement Surfacing and
Markings, and miscellaneous Basketball Equipment, as indicated on the Drawings, and in the
Specifications and not expressly included in any other bid item.
I. Bid Item #8 BMX Park Material and Staging (Per Lump Sum)
No unit measurement for payment will be made for any of the work, materials, and equipment
required for mobilization and field overhead. The payment shall be total compensation for all
labor, equipment, materials, maintenance, overhead, and all incidentals necessary to complete in
place: Supply of 700 Cubic Yards of Infield Mix Conforming to the Baseball Infield Mix
Specification, and Staging of 8,000 Cubic Yards of Non-Topsoil Onsite Soil and 700 Cubic Yards
of Existing Screened BMX Fill per Specification, as indicated on the Drawings, and in the
Specifications. A separate BMX Park Contractor will be contracted by the Owner for work
associated with placement of the staged material and any associated work.
J. Bid Item #9 BMX Park Miscellaneous Work (Per Lump Sum)
No unit measurement for payment will be made for any of the work, materials, and equipment
required for mobilization and field overhead. The payment shall be total compensation for all
labor, equipment, materials, maintenance, overhead, and all incidentals necessary to complete in
place: 40’x20’ BMX Tuff Shed, 50 tons of base course and 300 tons of top course asphalt, as
indicated on the Drawings, and in the Specifications, or as directed by the City of Fort Collins,
and not expressly included in any other bid item. This item shall be paid via time and materials
Southeast Community Park 02/09/2016
Civitas #2-13-0010
MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 012900 - 6
documented in the field by the Contractor and approved by the City of Fort Collins Construction
Project Manager.
K. Bid Item #10 Hardscape (Per Lump Sum)
No unit measurement for payment will be made for any of the work, materials, and equipment
required for mobilization and field overhead. The payment shall be total compensation for all
labor, equipment, materials, maintenance, overhead, and all incidentals necessary to complete in
place: Site Preparation, Base Materials, Structural Fill, Sidewalks, Trails, Plazas, Dog Park
Features, Steps, Concrete Walls, Ramps, Handrails, Guard Rails, 6” Flush Concrete Band,
Playground Safety Surface Sub-bases, Ipe Deck, Bridge Relocation, Bridge Procurement and
Installation, Concrete Mow Strips, Miscellaneous Hardscaping as indicated on the Drawings, and
in the Specifications and not expressly included in any other bid item.
L. Bid Item #11 Site Paving and Pervious Paver System (Per Lump Sum)
No unit measurement for payment will be made for any of the work, materials, and equipment
required for mobilization and field overhead. The payment shall be total compensation for all
labor, equipment, materials, maintenance, overhead, and all incidentals necessary to complete in
place: Site Concrete and Asphalt Paving, Including Improvements on Ziegler Road, Saber Cat
Drive, and Lady Moon Drive, Pervious Paver System, Subgrade Preparation and Base Course
Supply, Placement and Compaction as indicated on the Drawings, and in the Specifications and
not expressly included in any other bid item.
M. Bid Item #12 Landscaping (Per Lump Sum)
No unit measurement for payment will be made for any of the work, materials, and equipment
required for mobilization and field overhead. The payment shall be total compensation for all
labor, equipment, materials, maintenance, overhead, and all incidentals necessary to complete in
place: Landscaping, Irrigation System, Boulders, Stone Steps, Gabion Walls, Stone Seat Walls,
Green Screen Walls, Zip Grow Walls, Trellises, Fencing, Gates, Signage, Crusher Fines, Mulch
Placement at the Dog Park, Skinned Infield Mix at Baseball Fields, Sand at Creek Play, All
Playground Safety Surfacing, All Grass Seeding, Sod and Preparation outside of the Riparian
Areas, Trees, Shrubs, Miscellaneous Plantings, Planting Beds and Mulch), as indicated on the
Drawings, and in the Specifications and not expressly included in any other bid item.
N. Bid Item #13 Irrigation System (Per Lump Sum)
No unit measurement for payment will be made for any of the work, materials, and equipment
required for mobilization and field overhead. The payment shall be total compensation for all
labor, equipment, materials, maintenance, overhead, and all incidentals necessary to complete in
place: Irrigation System, Controllers, Valves, Sprinkler Heads, Pipe, Sleeves, Timers, Controls
System, Wiring, Trenching, Backfill, Testing, and Winterizing during the project as indicated on
the Drawings, and in the Specifications and not expressly included in any other bid item.
Southeast Community Park 02/09/2016
Civitas #2-13-0010
MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 012900 - 7
O. Bid Item #14 Site Furnishings (Per Lump Sum)
No unit measurement for payment will be made for any of the work, materials, and equipment
required for mobilization and field overhead. The payment shall be total compensation for all
labor, equipment, materials, maintenance, overhead, and all incidentals necessary to complete in
place: Picnic Tables, Café Tables and Chairs, Benches, Trash Receptacles, Bicycle Racks,
BBQ’s, Drinking Fountains, Garden Shed, Compost Bins, Logs, Log Benches as indicated on the
Drawings, and in the Specifications and not expressly included in any other bid item.
P. Bid Item #15 Landscape Warranty (Per Lump Sum)
No unit measurement for payment will be made for any of the work, materials, and equipment
required for mobilization and field overhead. The payment shall be total compensation for all
labor, equipment, materials, maintenance, overhead, and all incidentals necessary to complete in
place: Completion of 1 year warranty walk though and punch list completion and Completion of
2 year warranty walk though and punch list completion. Payment will be 50 percent of the lump
sum amount at completion of the1 year warranty punch list and 50 percent of the lump sum
amount at completion of the 2 year warranty punch list as indicated on the Drawings, and in the
Specifications and not expressly included in any other bid item.
1.07 Deductive Unit Price Requirements
A. Items of Work described herein are specifically listed in the Agreement for separate measurement
and payment.
B. No other items of Work required by Contract Documents shall be measured or paid for as a separate
item, but shall be included as part of listed unit price item to which Work pertains. Failure to list all
such related Work in the following descriptions of unit price items shall not invalidate this
stipulation.
C. Contractor shall measure unit price quantities for payment and submit to Owner.
D. Bids on all deductive unit prices specified hereunder shall be submitted as indicated on Bid Form.
The additive or deductive amount of each unit price shall represent the true value of the part of the
work covered by that unit price.
E. The amount of each deductive unit price shall include:
1. The direct and indirect costs of the work so described to the Contractor.
2. Delivery to and from the site.
3. Applicable taxes.
4. Handling at the site: Including loading and unloading, placing and dumping, and storage.
5. Labor for installation and finishing.
6. Contractor’s and Subcontractor’s overhead and profit.
F. Unit prices shall reflect the increase or decrease in cost of all work of every nature which may be
affected thereby. No subsequent claims for extras by reason of the Contractor’s failure to observe
this requirement will be considered.
Southeast Community Park 02/09/2016
Civitas #2-13-0010
MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 012900 - 8
G. Material and workmanship required by the unit price shall conform to the requirements of the
specifications for similar items of work.
1.08 Description of Deductive Unit Price Items
A. Bid Item #D-1 Concrete Band Scope Deduction (Per Lump Sum)
No unit measurement for payment will be made for any of the work, materials, and equipment
required for mobilization and field overhead. The payment shall be the difference in price
between the Base Bid and Deductive Alternate and shall be total compensation for all labor,
equipment, materials, maintenance, overhead, and all incidentals necessary to complete in place:
Base Bid: Install flush concrete band at base of coolie slope defining the grade break and
around edges of south berms along Kechter Rd. separating native seed from turf grass.
Deductive Alternate: Remove entirely, and replace with poly fiberboard landscape
edge.
B. Bid Item #D-2 Gabion Wall Substitute (Per Lump Sum)
No unit measurement for payment will be made for any of the work, materials, and equipment
required for mobilization and field overhead. The payment shall be the difference in price
between the Base Bid and Deductive Alternate and shall be total compensation for all labor,
equipment, materials, maintenance, overhead, and all incidentals necessary to complete in place:
Base Bid: Install gabion walls along north edge of parking lot at entry to orchard and play
areas. Includes gabion wall with and without stone seat caps around edges of south berms
along Kechter Rd. separating native seed from turf grass.
Deductive Alternate: Remove entirely, and replace with crushed stone paving.
C. Bid Item #D-3 Dog Park Corral Trellis Reduction (Per Lump Sum)
No unit measurement for payment will be made for any of the work, materials, and equipment
required for mobilization and field overhead. The payment shall be the difference in price
between the Base Bid and Deductive Alternate and shall be total compensation for all labor,
equipment, materials, maintenance, overhead, and all incidentals necessary to complete in place:
Base Bid: Install trellis associated with dog park corral entries on east side of dog parks.
Deductive Alternate: Remove trellis entirely, leaving only dog park corral fencing.
D. Bid Item #D-4 Dog Park Trellis Reduction (Per Lump Sum)
No unit measurement for payment will be made for any of the work, materials, and equipment
required for mobilization and field overhead. The payment shall be the difference in price
between the Base Bid and Deductive Alternate and shall be total compensation for all labor,
equipment, materials, maintenance, overhead, and all incidentals necessary to complete in place:
Southeast Community Park 02/09/2016
Civitas #2-13-0010
MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 012900 - 9
Base Bid: Install trellis within dog parks, spanning fence between large dog and small
dog areas.
Deductive Alternate: Remove trellis entirely.
E. Bid Item #D-5 Sports Lighting Reduction (Per Lump Sum)
No unit measurement for payment will be made for any of the work, materials, and equipment
required for mobilization and field overhead. The payment shall be the difference in price
between the Base Bid and Deductive Alternate and shall be total compensation for all labor,
equipment, materials, maintenance, overhead, and all incidentals necessary to complete in place:
Base Bid: Install Sports Lighting provided by Musco for two baseball fields.
Deductive Alternate: Remove lighting fixtures from scope of work, and provide
conduit for future installation.
F. Bid Item #D-6 Hops Trellis Replacement (Per Lump Sum)
No unit measurement for payment will be made for any of the work, materials, and equipment
required for mobilization and field overhead. The payment shall be the difference in price
between the Base Bid and Deductive Alternate and shall be total compensation for all labor,
equipment, materials, maintenance, overhead, and all incidentals necessary to complete in place:
Base Bid: Install Hop’s Trellis, with associated planting and site furnishings.
Deductive Alternate: Remove Hop’s Trellis entirely with associated plants, expand
total square footage of Blue Grama add additional spray irrigation, add (7) Quercus
macrocarpa with tree drip irrigation, and remove benches.
G. Bid Item #D-7 Silo Roof (Per Lump Sum)
No unit measurement for payment will be made for any of the work, materials, and equipment
required for mobilization and field overhead. The payment shall be the difference in price
between the Base Bid and Deductive Alternate and shall be total compensation for all labor,
equipment, materials, maintenance, overhead, and all incidentals necessary to complete in place:
Base Bid: Provide Georoof on western play silo as shown on plans and specifications.
Deductive Alternate: Remove installation of georoof entirely from scope, and provide
for cross member structural framing only of top of silo (silo will be open to elements).
H. Bid Item #D-8 Zip Grow Towers (Per Lump Sum)
No unit measurement for payment will be made for any of the work, materials, and equipment
required for mobilization and field overhead. The payment shall be the difference in price
Southeast Community Park 02/09/2016
Civitas #2-13-0010
MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 012900 - 10
between the Base Bid and Deductive Alternate and shall be total compensation for all labor,
equipment, materials, maintenance, overhead, and all incidentals necessary to complete in place:
Base Bid: Provide Greenscreen walls with zip grow towers in Harvest Room regarding
detail 1/ LD-10.
Deductive Alternate: Replace with greenscreen detail without zip grow towers
regarding detail 1/ LD-09.
I. Bid Item #D-9 Orchard Trellis Structure Reduction (Per Lump Sum)
No unit measurement for payment will be made for any of the work, materials, and equipment
required for mobilization and field overhead. The payment shall be the difference in price
between the Base Bid and Deductive Alternate and shall be total compensation for all labor,
equipment, materials, maintenance, overhead, and all incidentals necessary to complete in place:
Base Bid: Provide Trellis structure north of orchard regarding detail 1/ LD-13.
Deductive Alternate: Remove trellis entirely.
J. Bid Item #D-10 Ipe Decking Substitute (Per Lump Sum)
No unit measurement for payment will be made for any of the work, materials, and equipment
required for mobilization and field overhead. The payment shall be the difference in price
between the Base Bid and Deductive Alternate and shall be total compensation for all labor,
equipment, materials, maintenance, overhead, and all incidentals necessary to complete in place:
Base Bid: Provide Ipe Decking regarding detail 1/ LD-03.
Deductive Alternate: Replace deck with concrete site wall regarding detail 2/LD-02
and unit pavers, regarding specifications.
K. Bid Item #D-11 Baseball Restroom Elimination (Per Lump Sum)
No unit measurement for payment will be made for any of the work, materials, and equipment
required for mobilization and field overhead. The payment shall be the difference in price
between the Base Bid and Deductive Alternate and shall be total compensation for all labor,
equipment, materials, maintenance, overhead, and all incidentals necessary to complete in place:
Base Bid: Provide Restrooms at Baseball Field
Deductive Alternate: Eliminate Restrooms from Scope, stub site utilities to within 5-
feet of building footprint, and replace foundation with concrete sidewalk.
L. Bid Item #D-12 Farmhouse Pavilion (Per Lump Sum)
No unit measurement for payment will be made for any of the work, materials, and equipment
required for mobilization and field overhead. The payment shall be the difference in price
Southeast Community Park 02/09/2016
Civitas #2-13-0010
MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 012900 - 11
between the Base Bid and Deductive Alternate and shall be total compensation for all labor,
equipment, materials, maintenance, overhead, and all incidentals necessary to complete in place:
Base Bid: Provide Farmhouse Pavilion per plans
Deductive Alternate: Replace with a Prefabricated Farmhouse Pavilion, refer to
specifications.
M. Bid Item #D-13 Owner Supplied Organic Mulch (Per Lump Sum)
No unit measurement for payment will be made for any of the work, materials, and equipment
required for mobilization and field overhead. The payment shall be the difference in price
between the Base Bid and Deductive Alternate and shall be total compensation for all labor,
equipment, materials, maintenance, overhead, and all incidentals necessary to complete in place:
Base Bid: Provide and Install organic mulch for Dog Park and all planting beds as shown
on plans.
Deductive Alternate: Owner to supply organic mulch, FOB City Crushing Operations
– 1380 Hoffman Mill Rd., Fort Collins, CO 80524. Contractor to haul and install.
N. Bid Item #D-14 Pervious Pavers (Concrete) (Per Lump Sum)
No unit measurement for payment will be made for any of the work, materials, and equipment
required for mobilization and field overhead. The payment shall be the difference in price
between the Base Bid and Deductive Alternate and shall be total compensation for all labor,
equipment, materials, maintenance, overhead, and all incidentals necessary to complete in place:
Base Bid: Provide pervious pavers system as shown on plans.
Deductive Alternate: Remove pervious pavers system and substitute with concrete
paving
O. Bid Item #D-15 Replace Concrete Paving with Asphalt Paving (Per Lump Sum)
No unit measurement for payment will be made for any of the work, materials, and equipment
required for mobilization and field overhead. The payment shall be the difference in price
between the Base Bid and Deductive Alternate and shall be total compensation for all labor,
equipment, materials, maintenance, overhead, and all incidentals necessary to complete in place:
Base Bid: Provide concrete paving as shown on plans.
Deductive Alternate: Replace concrete paving in parking lot and drive with asphalt
paving. Refer to geotechnical report for pavement section recommendations.
P. Bid Item #D-16 Pervious Pavers (Asphalt) (Per Lump Sum)
No unit measurement for payment will be made for any of the work, materials, and equipment
required for mobilization and field overhead. The payment shall be the difference in price
between the Base Bid and Deductive Alternate and shall be total compensation for all labor,
equipment, materials, maintenance, overhead, and all incidentals necessary to complete in place:
Southeast Community Park 02/09/2016
Civitas #2-13-0010
MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 012900 - 12
Base Bid: Provide pervious pavers system as shown on plans.
Deductive Alternate: Remove pervious pavers system and substitute with asphalt
paving. Refer to geotechnical report for pavement section recommendations.
Q. Bid Item #D-17 West Baseball Field (Per Lump Sum)
No unit measurement for payment will be made for any of the work, materials, and equipment
required for mobilization and field overhead. The payment shall be the difference in price
between the Base Bid and Deductive Alternate and shall be total compensation for all labor,
equipment, materials, maintenance, overhead, and all incidentals necessary to complete in place:
Base Bid: Provide West Baseball Field
Deductive Alternate: Eliminate west baseball field and all associated items such as
irrigation, fencing, bleachers, concrete walls, scoring box and plaza as shown on plans
and in specifications and substitute with Upland seed (Mix C).
R. Bid Item #D-18 Basketball Court (Per Lump Sum)
No unit measurement for payment will be made for any of the work, materials, and equipment
required for mobilization and field overhead. The payment shall be the difference in price
between the Base Bid and Deductive Alternate and shall be total compensation for all labor,
equipment, materials, maintenance, overhead, and all incidentals necessary to complete in place:
Base Bid: Provide Basketball Court and all associated landscape shrubs, concrete seat
walls and concrete paving.
Deductive Alternate: Eliminate basketball court and replace with Turf grass seed (Mix
A) and leave all associated landscape trees.
S. Bid Item #D-19 Supply of BMX Asphalt (Per Lump Sum)
No unit measurement for payment will be made for any of the work, materials, and equipment
required for mobilization and field overhead. The payment shall be the difference in price
between the Base Bid and Deductive Alternate and shall be total compensation for all labor,
equipment, materials, maintenance, overhead, and all incidentals necessary to complete in place:
Base Bid: Provide 50 tons of base course and 300 tons of top course asphalt for the BMX
track build. (Base Bid Item #8)
Deductive Alternate: Eliminate providing asphalt to BMX track.
T. Bid Item #D-20 Community Garden (Per Lump Sum)
No unit measurement for payment will be made for any of the work, materials, and equipment
required for mobilization and field overhead. The payment shall be the difference in price
between the Base Bid and Deductive Alternate and shall be total compensation for all labor,
equipment, materials, maintenance, overhead, and all incidentals necessary to complete in place:
Southeast Community Park 02/09/2016
Civitas #2-13-0010
MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 012900 - 13
Base Bid: Provide community garden as shown on plans and specifications
Deductive Alternate: Eliminate community garden and all associated plantings, gabion
seatwalls, furnishings, shed, gates, fencing, irrigation and paths entirely and replace with
Upland seed (Mix C).
U. Bid Item #D-21 Dog Park (Per Lump Sum)
No unit measurement for payment will be made for any of the work, materials, and equipment
required for mobilization and field overhead. The payment shall be the difference in price between
the Base Bid and Deductive Alternate and shall be total compensation for all labor, equipment,
materials, maintenance, overhead, and all incidentals necessary to complete in place:
Base Bid: Provide Dog Park as shown on plans and specifications
Deductive Alternate: Remove dog park and all associated concrete seatwalls, furnishings,
trellis structures, gates, fencing, and RCP tree planters entirely and replace with Upland seed
(Mix C).
V. Bid Item #D-22 Harvest Room (Per Lump Sum)
No unit measurement for payment will be made for any of the work, materials, and equipment
required for mobilization and field overhead. The payment shall be the difference in price between
the Base Bid and Deductive Alternate and shall be total compensation for all labor, equipment,
materials, maintenance, overhead, and all incidentals necessary to complete in place:
Base Bid: Provide Harvest Room as shown on plans and specifications
Deductive Alternate: Remove harvest room and all associated greenscreen walls, zip grow
walls, harvest table and benches, log furnishings, and plantings entirely and replace with
orchard trees and blue gramma grass. See plans for alternate.
W. Bid Item #D-23 Ipe Deck, Harvest Room and Orchard (Per Lump Sum)
No unit measurement for payment will be made for any of the work, materials, and equipment
required for mobilization and field overhead. The payment shall be the difference in price between
the Base Bid and Deductive Alternate and shall be total compensation for all labor, equipment,
materials, maintenance, overhead, and all incidentals necessary to complete in place:
Base Bid: Provide Ipe Deck, Harvest Room and Orchard as shown on plans and
specifications
Deductive Alternate: Eliminate all elements entirely and replace with bluegrass seed (Mix
A) and irrigation. See plans for alternate.
1.09 Scope Adjustment Unit Price Requirements
A. Items of Work described herein may be utilized for minor changes to the Work as directed by the
Owner.
Southeast Community Park 02/09/2016
Civitas #2-13-0010
MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 012900 - 14
B. Scope changes via Scope Adjustment Unit Prices as directed by the Owner shall be within 25% of
quantities of Base Bid Work. In the event the scope reduction or addition by Scope Adjustment
Unit Prices exceeds 25%, the Contractor or Owner may negotiate new unit prices for the change.
C. Contractor shall measure unit price quantities for payment and submit to Owner.
D. Bids on all scope adjustment unit prices specified hereunder shall be submitted as indicated on Bid
Form. The additive or deductive amount of each unit price shall represent the true value of the part
of the work covered by that unit price.
E. The amount of each deductive unit price shall include:
1. The direct and indirect costs of the work so described to the Contractor.
2. Delivery to and from the site.
3. Applicable taxes.
4. Handling at the site: Including loading and unloading, placing and dumping, and storage.
5. Labor for installation and finishing.
6. Contractor’s and Subcontractor’s overhead and profit.
7. Items incidental to the unit, such as base course or anchor bolts.
F. Scope adjustment unit prices shall reflect the increase or decrease in cost of all work of every nature
which may be affected thereby. No subsequent claims for extras by reason of the Contractor’s
failure to observe this requirement will be considered.
G. Material and workmanship required by the unit price shall conform to the requirements of the
specifications for similar items of work.
1.10 Description of Scope Adjustment Unit Price Items
A. Bid Item #U-1 Standard Grey Concrete Pavement (Per Square Yard)
No unit measurement for payment will be made for any of the work, materials, and equipment
required for mobilization and field overhead. The payment shall be total compensation for all
labor, equipment, materials, maintenance, overhead, and all incidentals necessary to complete in
place: Standard 5-inch thick concrete, base placement per plan detail, and site prep for placement,
including excavation.
B. Bid Item #U-2 Parking Lot Concrete Pavement (Per Square Yard)
No unit measurement for payment will be made for any of the work, materials, and equipment
required for mobilization and field overhead. The payment shall be total compensation for all
labor, equipment, materials, maintenance, overhead, and all incidentals necessary to complete in
place: Standard paving concrete, base placement and reinforcement per plan detail, and site prep
for placement, including excavation.
Southeast Community Park 02/09/2016
Civitas #2-13-0010
MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 012900 - 15
C. Bid Item #U-3 Asphalt Pavement (Per Ton)
No unit measurement for payment will be made for any of the work, materials, and equipment
required for mobilization and field overhead. The payment shall be total compensation for all
labor, equipment, materials, maintenance, overhead, and all incidentals necessary to complete in
place: Standard asphalt pavement, base placement per plan detail, and site prep for placement,
including excavation.
D. Bid Item #U-4 Pervious Pavers (Per Square Foot)
No unit measurement for payment will be made for any of the work, materials, and equipment
required for mobilization and field overhead. The payment shall be total compensation for all
labor, equipment, materials, maintenance, overhead, and all incidentals necessary to complete in
place: Installation of pervious paver system, drain and leveling course and underdrain, base
placement per plan detail, and site prep for placement, including excavation.
E. Bid Item #U-5 Concrete Curb and Gutter (Per Linear Foot)
No unit measurement for payment will be made for any of the work, materials, and equipment
required for mobilization and field overhead. The payment shall be total compensation for all
labor, equipment, materials, maintenance, overhead, and all incidentals necessary to complete in
place: Installation of concrete curb and gutter, base placement per plan detail, and site prep for
placement, including excavation.
F. Bid Item #U-6 Cast-in-Place Concrete Retaining Wall (Per Cubic Yard)
No unit measurement for payment will be made for any of the work, materials, and equipment
required for mobilization and field overhead. The payment shall be total compensation for all
labor, equipment, materials, maintenance, overhead, and all incidentals necessary to complete in
place: Installation of concrete cast-in-place retaining wall (less than 6-feet in exposed height),
smooth finished face (Class 1 Finish), base placement per plan detail, and site prep for placement,
including structure ex and backfill.
G. Bid Item #U-7 Gabion Seatwall with wood seat (Per Linear Foot)
No unit measurement for payment will be made for any of the work, materials, and equipment
required for mobilization and field overhead. The payment shall be total compensation for all
labor, equipment, materials, maintenance, overhead, and all incidentals necessary to complete in
place: Installation of Gabion Seat Wall with Wood Seat, base placement per plan detail, and site
prep for placement, including excavation.
H. Bid Item #U-8 Gabion Seatwall with no top (Per Linear Foot)
No unit measurement for payment will be made for any of the work, materials, and equipment
required for mobilization and field overhead. The payment shall be total compensation for all labor,
Southeast Community Park 02/09/2016
Civitas #2-13-0010
MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 012900 - 16
equipment, materials, maintenance, overhead, and all incidentals necessary to complete in place:
Installation of Gabion Seat Wall with no top, base placement per plan detail, and site prep for
placement, including excavation.
I. Bid Item #U-9 Free Standing Gabion Wall (Per Linear Foot)
No unit measurement for payment will be made for any of the work, materials, and equipment
required for mobilization and field overhead. The payment shall be total compensation for all labor,
equipment, materials, maintenance, overhead, and all incidentals necessary to complete in place:
Installation of Free Standing Gabion Seat Wall, base placement per plan detail, and site prep for
placement, including excavation.
J. Bid Item #U-10 Wood Fence (Per Linear Foot)
No unit measurement for payment will be made for any of the work, materials, and equipment
required for mobilization and field overhead. The payment shall be total compensation for all labor,
equipment, materials, maintenance, overhead, and all incidentals necessary to complete in place:
Installation of wood fence, foundation placement per plan detail, and site prep for placement,
including excavation.
K. Bid Item #U-11 Garden Gate (Per Each)
No unit measurement for payment will be made for any of the work, materials, and equipment
required for mobilization and field overhead. The payment shall be total compensation for all labor,
equipment, materials, maintenance, overhead, and all incidentals necessary to complete in place:
Installation of a garden gate, foundation placement per plan detail, and site prep for placement,
including excavation.
L. Bid Item #U-12 Maintenance Gate (Per Each)
No unit measurement for payment will be made for any of the work, materials, and equipment
required for mobilization and field overhead. The payment shall be total compensation for all labor,
equipment, materials, maintenance, overhead, and all incidentals necessary to complete in place:
Installation of a Maintenance Gate, foundation placement per plan detail, and site prep for placement,
including excavation.
M. Bid Item #U-13 Fence at Playground (Per Linear Foot)
No unit measurement for payment will be made for any of the work, materials, and equipment
required for mobilization and field overhead. The payment shall be total compensation for all
labor, equipment, materials, maintenance, overhead, and all incidentals necessary to complete in
place: Installation of Playground Fence, foundation placement per plan detail, and site prep for
placement, including excavation.
Southeast Community Park 02/09/2016
Civitas #2-13-0010
MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 012900 - 17
N. Bid Item #U-14 Concrete Mow Strip at Fence (Per Linear Foot)
No unit measurement for payment will be made for any of the work, materials, and equipment
required for mobilization and field overhead. The payment shall be total compensation for all
labor, equipment, materials, maintenance, overhead, and all incidentals necessary to complete in
place: Installation of concrete mow strip, base placement per plan detail, and site prep for
placement, including excavation.
O. Bid Item #U-15 Crusher Fines Walk (Per Square Yard)
No unit measurement for payment will be made for any of the work, materials, and equipment
required for mobilization and field overhead. The payment shall be total compensation for all
labor, equipment, materials, maintenance, overhead, and all incidentals necessary to complete in
place: Installation of crusher fines walkway per plan detail, and site prep for placement, including
excavation.
P. Bid Item #U-16 Organic Mulch (Per Cubic Yard)
No unit measurement for payment will be made for any of the work, materials, and equipment
required for mobilization and field overhead. The payment shall be total compensation for all
labor, equipment, materials, maintenance, overhead, and all incidentals necessary to complete in
place: Installation of organic mulch per plan detail, and site prep for placement.
Q. Bid Item #U-17 Picnic Table (Per Each)
No unit measurement for payment will be made for any of the work, materials, and equipment
required for mobilization and field overhead. The payment shall be total compensation for all
labor, equipment, materials, maintenance, overhead, and all incidentals necessary to complete in
place: Supply and installation of a picnic table, per plan details.
R. Bid Item #U-18 Café Tables and Chairs (Per Each)
No unit measurement for payment will be made for any of the work, materials, and equipment
required for mobilization and field overhead. The payment shall be total compensation for all
labor, equipment, materials, maintenance, overhead, and all incidentals necessary to complete in
place: Supply and installation of a café table and chairs, per plan details.
S. Bid Item #U-19 Aluminum Picnic Table (Per Each)
No unit measurement for payment will be made for any of the work, materials, and equipment
required for mobilization and field overhead. The payment shall be total compensation for all
labor, equipment, materials, maintenance, overhead, and all incidentals necessary to complete in
place: Supply and installation of an aluminum picnic table, per plan details.
Southeast Community Park 02/09/2016
Civitas #2-13-0010
MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 012900 - 18
T. Bid Item #U-20 Bench with Back (Per Each)
No unit measurement for payment will be made for any of the work, materials, and equipment
required for mobilization and field overhead. The payment shall be total compensation for all
labor, equipment, materials, maintenance, overhead, and all incidentals necessary to complete in
place: Supply and installation of a bench with back, per plan details.
U. Bid Item #U-21 Backless Bench (Per Each)
No unit measurement for payment will be made for any of the work, materials, and equipment
required for mobilization and field overhead. The payment shall be total compensation for all
labor, equipment, materials, maintenance, overhead, and all incidentals necessary to complete in
place: Supply and installation of a backless bench, per plan details.
V. Bid Item #U-22 Trash Receptacle (Per Each)
No unit measurement for payment will be made for any of the work, materials, and equipment
required for mobilization and field overhead. The payment shall be total compensation for all
labor, equipment, materials, maintenance, overhead, and all incidentals necessary to complete in
place: Supply and installation of a trash receptacle, per plan details.
W. Bid Item #U-23 Bicycle Rack (Per Each)
No unit measurement for payment will be made for any of the work, materials, and equipment
required for mobilization and field overhead. The payment shall be total compensation for all
labor, equipment, materials, maintenance, overhead, and all incidentals necessary to complete in
place: Supply and installation of a bicycle rack, per plan details.
X. Bid Item #U-24 Barbeque (Per Each)
No unit measurement for payment will be made for any of the work, materials, and equipment
required for mobilization and field overhead. The payment shall be total compensation for all
labor, equipment, materials, maintenance, overhead, and all incidentals necessary to complete in
place: Supply and installation of a barbecue, per plan details.
Y. Bid Item #U-25 Drinking Fountain (Per Each)
No unit measurement for payment will be made for any of the work, materials, and equipment
required for mobilization and field overhead. The payment shall be total compensation for all
labor, equipment, materials, maintenance, overhead, and all incidentals necessary to complete in
place: Supply and installation of a drinking fountain and 20 linear feet of Type-K copper service
line, per plan details.
Southeast Community Park 02/09/2016
Civitas #2-13-0010
MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 012900 - 19
Z. Bid Item #U-26 Log Bench A (Per Each)
No unit measurement for payment will be made for any of the work, materials, and equipment
required for mobilization and field overhead. The payment shall be total compensation for all
labor, equipment, materials, maintenance, overhead, and all incidentals necessary to complete in
place: Supply and installation of a log bench, per plan details.
AA. Bid Item #U-27 Log Bench B (Per Each)
No unit measurement for payment will be made for any of the work, materials, and equipment
required for mobilization and field overhead. The payment shall be total compensation for all
labor, equipment, materials, maintenance, overhead, and all incidentals necessary to complete in
place: Supply and installation of a log bench, per plan details
BB. Bid Item #U-28 Log (Per Each)
No unit measurement for payment will be made for any of the work, materials, and equipment
required for mobilization and field overhead. The payment shall be total compensation for all
labor, equipment, materials, maintenance, overhead, and all incidentals necessary to complete in
place: Supply and installation of a site fixture log, per plan details.
CC. Bid Item #U-29 Creek Play Concrete Log (Per Each)
No unit measurement for payment will be made for any of the work, materials, and equipment
required for mobilization and field overhead. The payment shall be total compensation for all
labor, equipment, materials, maintenance, overhead, and all incidentals necessary to complete in
place: Supply and installation of a site fixture concrete log, per plan details.
DD. Bid Item # U-30 Garden Shed (Per Each)
No unit measurement for payment will be made for any of the work, materials, and equipment
required for mobilization and field overhead. The payment shall be total compensation for all
labor, equipment, materials, maintenance, overhead, and all incidentals necessary to complete in
place: Supply and installation of a community garden shed, per plan details and specs.
EE. Bid Item #U-31 Compost Bin (Per Each)
No unit measurement for payment will be made for any of the work, materials, and equipment
required for mobilization and field overhead. The payment shall be total compensation for all
labor, equipment, materials, maintenance, overhead, and all incidentals necessary to complete in
place: Supply and installation of a compost bin, per plan details.
Southeast Community Park 02/09/2016
Civitas #2-13-0010
MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 012900 - 20
FF. Bid Item #U-32 Creek Play Boulders (Per Each)
No unit measurement for payment will be made for any of the work, materials, and equipment
required for mobilization and field overhead. The payment shall be total compensation for all
labor, equipment, materials, maintenance, overhead, and all incidentals necessary to complete in
place: Supply and installation of a creek play boulder, per plan details.
GG. Bid Item #U-33 2.5” Deciduous Tree (Per Each)
No unit measurement for payment will be made for any of the work, materials, and equipment
required for mobilization and field overhead. The payment shall be total compensation for all
labor, equipment, materials, maintenance, overhead, and all incidentals necessary to complete in
place: Supply and installation of a 2.5” Caliper Deciduous Tree, per plan details.
HH. Bid Item #U-34 3” Deciduous Tree (Clump) (Per Each)
No unit measurement for payment will be made for any of the work, materials, and equipment
required for mobilization and field overhead. The payment shall be total compensation for all
labor, equipment, materials, maintenance, overhead, and all incidentals necessary to complete in
place: Supply and installation of a 3” Caliper Deciduous Tree (Clump), per plan details.
II. Bid Item #U-35 8’ Deciduous Tree (Clump) (Per Each)
No unit measurement for payment will be made for any of the work, materials, and equipment
required for mobilization and field overhead. The payment shall be total compensation for all
labor, equipment, materials, maintenance, overhead, and all incidentals necessary to complete in
place: Supply and installation of a 8’ Deciduous Tree (Clump), per plan details.
JJ. Bid Item #U-36 6-8’ Deciduous Tree (Per Each)
No unit measurement for payment will be made for any of the work, materials, and equipment
required for mobilization and field overhead. The payment shall be total compensation for all
labor, equipment, materials, maintenance, overhead, and all incidentals necessary to complete in
place: Supply and installation of a 6’-8’ Deciduous Tree, per plan details.
KK. Bid Item #U-37 8’ Evergreen Tree (Per Each)
No unit measurement for payment will be made for any of the work, materials, and equipment
required for mobilization and field overhead. The payment shall be total compensation for all
labor, equipment, materials, maintenance, overhead, and all incidentals necessary to complete in
place: Supply and installation of a 8’ Evergreen Tree, per plan details.
LL. Bid Item #U-38 10-12’ Evergreen Tree (Per Each)
No unit measurement for payment will be made for any of the work, materials, and equipment
required for mobilization and field overhead. The payment shall be total compensation for all
Southeast Community Park 02/09/2016
Civitas #2-13-0010
MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 012900 - 21
labor, equipment, materials, maintenance, overhead, and all incidentals necessary to complete in
place: Supply and installation of a 10’-12’ Evergreen Tree, per plan details.
MM. Bid Item #U-39 5-Gal Shrub (Per Each)
No unit measurement for payment will be made for any of the work, materials, and equipment
required for mobilization and field overhead. The payment shall be total compensation for all
labor, equipment, materials, maintenance, overhead, and all incidentals necessary to complete in
place: Supply and installation of a 5-Gallon Shrub, per plan details.
NN. Bid Item #U-40 15-Gal Shrub (Per Each)
No unit measurement for payment will be made for any of the work, materials, and equipment
required for mobilization and field overhead. The payment shall be total compensation for all
labor, equipment, materials, maintenance, overhead, and all incidentals necessary to complete in
place: Supply and installation of a 15-Gallon Shrub, per plan details.
OO. Bid Item #U-41 1-Gal Perennial (Per Each)
No unit measurement for payment will be made for any of the work, materials, and equipment
required for mobilization and field overhead. The payment shall be total compensation for all
labor, equipment, materials, maintenance, overhead, and all incidentals necessary to complete in
place: Supply and installation of a 1-Gallon Perennial, per plan details.
PP. Bid Item #U-42 Concrete Landscape Edging (Per Linear Foot)
No unit measurement for payment will be made for any of the work, materials, and equipment
required for mobilization and field overhead. The payment shall be total compensation for all
labor, equipment, materials, maintenance, overhead, and all incidentals necessary to complete in
place: Supply and installation of Concrete Landscape Edging, per plan details.
QQ. Bid Item #U-43 Poly-Fiberboard Landscape Edging (Per Linear Foot)
No unit measurement for payment will be made for any of the work, materials, and equipment
required for mobilization and field overhead. The payment shall be total compensation for all
labor, equipment, materials, maintenance, overhead, and all incidentals necessary to complete in
place: Supply and installation of Poly-Fiberboard Landscape Edging, per plan details.
RR. Bid Item #U-44 Turf Grass (Mix A) (Per Square Foot)
No unit measurement for payment will be made for any of the work, materials, and equipment
required for mobilization and field overhead. The payment shall be total compensation for all
labor, equipment, materials, maintenance, overhead, and all incidentals necessary to complete in
place: Supply and installation of Turf Grass, per plan details.
Southeast Community Park 02/09/2016
Civitas #2-13-0010
MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 012900 - 22
SS. Bid Item #U-45 Native Turf (Mix B) (Per Square Foot)
No unit measurement for payment will be made for any of the work, materials, and equipment
required for mobilization and field overhead. The payment shall be total compensation for all
labor, equipment, materials, maintenance, overhead, and all incidentals necessary to complete in
place: Supply and installation of Native Turf, per plan details.
TT. Bid Item #U-46 Upland Mix (Mix C) (Per Square Foot)
No unit measurement for payment will be made for any of the work, materials, and equipment
required for mobilization and field overhead. The payment shall be total compensation for all
labor, equipment, materials, maintenance, overhead, and all incidentals necessary to complete in
place: Supply and installation of Warm Season Mix, per plan details.
UU. Bid Item #U-47 Riparian Area (drill seed directionally) (Mix D) (Per Square Foot)
No unit measurement for payment will be made for any of the work, materials, and equipment
required for mobilization and field overhead. The payment shall be total compensation for all
labor, equipment, materials, maintenance, overhead, and all incidentals necessary to complete in
place: Supply and installation of a Tall Cool Season Grass Mix, per plan details.
VV. Bid Item #U-48 Upland Mix (Mix E) (Per Square Foot)
No unit measurement for payment will be made for any of the work, materials, and equipment
required for mobilization and field overhead. The payment shall be total compensation for all
labor, equipment, materials, maintenance, overhead, and all incidentals necessary to complete in
place: Supply and installation of a Prairie Wetland Mix, per plan details.
WW. Bid Item #U-49 Sod (Per Square Foot)
No unit measurement for payment will be made for any of the work, materials, and equipment
required for mobilization and field overhead. The payment shall be total compensation for all
labor, equipment, materials, maintenance, overhead, and all incidentals necessary to complete in
place: Supply and installation of bluegrass sod, per plan details.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)
PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used)
END OF SECTION
Southeast Community Park 02/09/2016
Civitas #2-13-0010
EXTERIOR ROUGH CARPENTRY 061063 - 1
(Addendum 03, 03.22.2016)
SECTION 061063 - EXTERIOR ROUGH CARPENTRY
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Wood fences
2. Wood Pergola.
B. Related Requirements:
1. Section 061533 "Wood Patio Decking."
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. Boards: Lumber of less than 2 inches nominal (38 mm actual) in thickness and 2 inches nominal
(38 mm actual) or greater in width.
B. Dimension Lumber: Lumber of 2 inches nominal (38 mm actual) or greater but less than 5
inches nominal (114 mm actual) in least dimension.
C. Timber: Lumber of 5 inches nominal (114 mm actual) or greater in least dimension.
D. Lumber grading agencies, and the abbreviations used to reference them, include the following:
1. NeLMA: Northeastern Lumber Manufacturers' Association.
2. NLGA: National Lumber Grades Authority.
3. RIS: Redwood Inspection Service.
4. SPIB: The Southern Pine Inspection Bureau.
5. WCLIB: West Coast Lumber Inspection Bureau.
6. WWPA: Western Wood Products Association.
1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For preservative-treated wood products. Include chemical treatment
manufacturer's written instructions for handling, storing, installing, and finishing treated
material.
Southeast Community Park 02/09/2016
Civitas #2-13-0010
EXTERIOR ROUGH CARPENTRY 061063 - 2
1.5 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A. Certificates of Inspection: Issued by lumber grading agency for exposed wood products not
marked with grade stamp.
1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Lumber Manufacturer Qualifications: A qualified manufacturer that is certified for chain of
custody by an FSC-accredited certification body.
B. Lumber Vendor Qualifications: A vendor that is certified for chain of custody by an FSC-
accredited certification body.
1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Store materials under cover and protected from weather and contact with damp or wet surfaces.
Stack lumber flat with spacers between each bundle to provide air circulation. Provide for air
circulation around stacks and under coverings.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 LUMBER, GENERAL
A. Comply with DOC PS 20 and with grading rules of lumber grading agencies certified by
ALSC's Board of Review as applicable. If no grading agency is indicated, comply with the
applicable rules of any rules-writing agency certified by ALSC's Board of Review.
1. Factory mark each item with grade stamp of grading agency.
2. For items that are exposed to view in the completed Work, omit grade stamp and provide
certificates of grade compliance issued by grading agency.
3. Where nominal sizes are indicated, provide actual sizes required by DOC PS 20 for
moisture content specified. Where actual sizes are indicated, they are minimum dressed
sizes for dry wood products.
4. Provide dressed lumber, S4S, unless otherwise indicated.
B. Certified Wood: Boards and dimension lumber shall be certified as "FSC Pure" according to
FSC STD-01-001, "FSC Principles and Criteria for Forest Stewardship," and to FSC STD-40-
004, "FSC Standard for Chain of Custody Certification."
C. Maximum Moisture Content:
1. Boards: 19 percent.
2. Dimension Lumber: 19 percent for 2-inch nominal (38-mm actual) thickness or less; no
limit for more than 2-inch nominal (38-mm actual) thickness.
3. Timber. No limit.
Southeast Community Park 02/09/2016
Civitas #2-13-0010
EXTERIOR ROUGH CARPENTRY 061063 - 3
2.2 LUMBER
A. Hand select wood for Fences and Pergola for freedom from characteristics, on exposed surfaces
and edges, that would impair finish appearance, including decay, honeycomb, knot holes, shake,
splits, torn grain, and wane.
B. Dimension Lumber: No. 1 grade and the following species: (A 03)
1. Redwood; RIS. (A 03)
2. Cedar, standard grade for fencing (A 03)
C. Dimension Lumber: Heart B or Select Heart redwood; RIS. (A 03)
D. Boards:
1. Western red cedar, Clear Heart; NLGA, WCLIB, or WWPA., rough sawn (A 03).
2.3 POSTS
A. Dimension Lumber Posts: No. 2 grade:
1. Western red cedar, rough sawn, NLGA, WCLIB, or WWPA
2.4 FASTENERS
A. General: Provide fasteners of size and type indicated, acceptable to authorities having
jurisdiction, and that comply with requirements specified in this article for material and
manufacture. Provide nails or screws, in sufficient length, to penetrate not less than 1-1/2 inches
(38 mm) into wood substrate.
1. Use stainless steel unless otherwise indicated.
2. For pressure-preservative-treated wood, use stainless-steel fasteners.
3. For redwood, use stainless-steel fasteners.
B. Power-Driven Fasteners: ICC-ES AC70.
C. Wood Screws and Lag Screws: ASME B18.2.1, ASME B18.6.1, or ICC-ES AC233.
D. Stainless-Steel Bolts: ASTM F 593, Alloy Group 1 or 2 (ASTM F 738M, Grade A1 or
Grade A4); with ASTM F 594, Alloy Group 1 or 2 (ASTM F 836M, Grade A1 or Grade A4)
hex nuts and, where indicated, flat washers.
2.5 METAL ACCESSORIES
A. Stainless-Steel Sheet: ASTM A 666, Type 304.
Southeast Community Park 02/09/2016
Civitas #2-13-0010
EXTERIOR ROUGH CARPENTRY 061063 - 4
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION, GENERAL
A. Set work to required levels and lines, with members plumb, true to line, cut, and fitted. Fit work
to other construction; scribe and cope as needed for accurate fit.
B. Framing Standard: Comply with AF&PA WCD1 unless otherwise indicated.
C. Install metal framing anchors to comply with manufacturer's written instructions.
D. Do not splice structural members between supports unless otherwise indicated.
E. Provide blocking and framing as indicated and as required to support facing materials, fixtures,
specialty items, and trim.
F. Sort and select lumber so that natural characteristics do not interfere with installation or with
fastening other materials to lumber. Do not use materials with defects that interfere with
function of members or pieces that are too small to use with minimum number of joints or
optimum joint arrangement.
G. Apply copper naphthenate field treatment to comply with AWPA M4, to cut surfaces of
preservative-treated lumber.
H. Securely attach exterior rough carpentry work to substrate by anchoring and fastening as
indicated, complying with the following:
1. "Fastening Schedule" in ICC's International Building Code.
I. Use stainless steel screws unless otherwise indicated. Select fasteners of size that do not fully
penetrate members where opposite side is exposed to view. Make tight connections between
members. Install fasteners without splitting wood; do not countersink nail heads unless
otherwise indicated.
END OF SECTION 061063
Southeast Community Park 95% Construction Documents
City of Fort Collins Park Planning February 9, 2016
PAINTING 09 91 13 - 1
SECTION 09 91 13 - PAINTING
(Addendum 03, 03.22.2016)
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section includes surface preparation and the application of paint systems on exterior and
interior substrates.
1. Finish all interior and exterior surfaces exposed to view, unless fully factory finished or
indicated in this Section not to be finished. Schedule of Exterior and Interior Surface
Painting Systems to be provided is located at the end of Part 3 Execution.
B. Surface preparation and the application of paint on Silo’s. (A 03)
1. Existing silo’s relocated to site. Follow specifications for cleaning and painting of steel
substrates. Silo’s to be painted on exterior and interior, with exterior latex paint.
Color to be determined.
C. Related Requirements:
1. Section 05 12 00 "Structural Steel Framing" for shop priming of metal substrates with
primers specified in this Section.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. Gloss Level 1: Not more than 5 units at 60 degrees and 10 units at 85 degrees, according to
ASTM D 523.
B. Gloss Level 3: 10 to 25 units at 60 degrees and 10 to 35 units at 85 degrees, according to
ASTM D 523.
C. Gloss Level 4: 20 to 35 units at 60 degrees and not less than 35 units at 85 degrees, according
to ASTM D 523.
D. Gloss Level 5: 35 to 70 units at 60 degrees, according to ASTM D 523.
E. Gloss Level 6: 70 to 85 units at 60 degrees, according to ASTM D 523.
F. Gloss Level 7: More than 85 units at 60 degrees, according to ASTM D 523.
Southeast Community Park 95% Construction Documents
City of Fort Collins Park Planning February 9, 2016
PAINTING 09 91 13 - 2
1.4 REFERENCES
A. MPI (APSM) - Master Painters Institute Architectural Painting Specification Manual; Master
Painters and Decorators Association; latest edition.
1.5 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. General: Architect’s material and color selection can be made only from samples. Material and
color selection will not be made based on printed or electronic literature.
B. Product Data: For each type of product. Include preparation requirements and application
instructions.
C. Laboratory Test Reports: For paints and coatings, documentation indicating that they meet the
testing and product requirements of the California Department of Public Health's "Standard
Method for the Testing and Evaluation of Volatile Organic Chemical Emissions from Indoor
Sources Using Environmental Chambers."
D. Samples for Initial Selection: For each type of topcoat product.
E. Samples for Verification: For each type of paint system and each color and gloss of topcoat.
1. Submit Samples on rigid backing, 8 inches (200 mm) square.
2. Step coats on Samples to show each coat required for system.
3. Label each coat of each Sample.
4. Label each Sample for location and application area.
5. Samples: Submit two paper "drop" samples, 8-1/2 by 11 inches in size, illustrating range
of colors, stains and textures available for each finishing product specified. Refer to
Sections 062000 for wood species to submit. Remake samples until acceptable to
Architect.
F. Product List: For each product indicated, include the following:
1. Cross-reference to paint system and locations of application areas. Use same designations
indicated on Drawings and in schedules.
G. Allow 30 days for approval process, after receipt of complete samples by Architect. Paint color
submittals will not be considered until color submittals for major materials not to be painted,
such as masonry, have been approved.
H. Color Schedule: Architect will provide color documentation to the Contractor listing paint
colors selected. If materials of other manufacturers are accepted by Architect, colors must
match those of paint colors selected.
I. Maintenance Data: Submit data on cleaning, touch-up, and repair of painted and coated
surfaces.
J. Accent colors or deep tone colors (contrasting bright colors) shall be applied where indicated on
forthcoming Color Documentation. Where bright colors are selected, apply extra coats of paint
where required to obtain a completely opaque surface. Additional labor or materials to achieve
this level of finish will not be accepted as "extra cost".
Southeast Community Park 95% Construction Documents
City of Fort Collins Park Planning February 9, 2016
PAINTING 09 91 13 - 3
K. At Final Completion, submit list, by room number, of paint color and manufacturer for
inclusion in Operations and Maintenance Manuals.
1.6 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS
A. Furnish extra materials that match products installed and that are packaged with protective
covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents.
1. Paint: All unopened and un-used paint buckets and cans that remain at the end of the
project, but not less than one 5-gal. bucket of each primary color and one gallon of each
accent color in unopened containers.
1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Face Brick – Emulsion Color Treatment (Masonry Stain) Installer Qualifications: Minimum of
three years demonstrated experience installing products of a similar type and scope.
B. Mockups:
1. Apply mockups of each paint system indicated and each color and finish selected to verify
preliminary selections made under Sample submittals and to demonstrate aesthetic effects
and set quality standards for materials and execution.
a. Architect will select one surface to represent surfaces and conditions for application
of each paint system specified in Part 3.
1) Vertical and Horizontal Surfaces: Provide samples of at least 100 sq. ft. (9
sq. m).
2) Other Items: Architect will designate items or areas required.
b. Final approval of color selections will be based on mockups.
1) If preliminary color selections are not approved, apply additional mockups of
additional colors selected by Architect at no added cost to Owner.
c. Subject to compliance with requirements, approved mockups may become part of
the completed Work if undisturbed at time of Substantial Completion.
d. Provide door and frame assembly illustrating coating color, texture, and finish.
2. Approval of mockups does not constitute approval of deviations from the Contract
Documents contained in mockups unless Architect specifically approves such deviations
in writing.
C. Workmanship shall be first class throughout or work will be subject to rejection and refinishing
at no additional cost to Owner.
1.8 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Store materials not in use in tightly covered containers in well-ventilated areas with ambient
temperatures continuously maintained at not less than 45 deg F (7 deg C).
1. Maintain containers in clean condition, free of foreign materials and residue.
2. Remove rags and waste from storage areas daily.
Southeast Community Park 95% Construction Documents
City of Fort Collins Park Planning February 9, 2016
PAINTING 09 91 13 - 4
1.9 FIELD CONDITIONS
A. Apply paints only when temperature of surfaces to be painted and ambient air temperatures are
between 50 and 95 deg F (10 and 35 deg C).
B. Do not apply paints in snow, rain, fog, or mist; when relative humidity exceeds 85 percent; at
temperatures less than 5 deg F (3 deg C) above the dew point; or to damp or wet surfaces.
C. If woodwork, metal or any other surface to be finished cannot be put in proper condition for
finishing by customary cleaning, sanding and puttying operations, notify General Contractor
and Architect in writing or assume responsibility for any unsatisfactory resulting finish.
D. Do not apply paint, stains or finishes in areas where dust is being generated or where rubbish
has accumulated or is being removed.
E. All painting of exterior and interior items requiring alkyd enamel and epoxy to be painted when
building is unoccupied.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following.
1. Diamond Vogel (D-V).
2. Kwal.
3. Sherwin Williams (S-W).
B. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products listed in Part 3 Painting Schedules for
the paint category indicated.
C. Where Basis of Design products are indicated in the Painting Schedule, comparable products may
be offered from the manufacturers listed above or manufacturers listed in the Painting Schedule.
1. Special requirements for Comparable Products: Requests for comparable product shall
include complete system requirements for the proposed product, including required surface
preparation, primers, and additional coats if required to provide a system comparable to
that specified. Changes required for incorporation of the comparable product shall be
described in detail, and cost for changes shall be included in the bid price.
2.2 PAINT, GENERAL
A. Material Compatibility:
1. Provide materials for use within each paint system that are compatible with one another
and substrates indicated, under conditions of service and application as demonstrated by
manufacturer, based on testing and field experience.
2. For each coat in a paint system, provide products recommended in writing by
manufacturers of topcoat for use in paint system and on substrate indicated.
B. Low-Emitting Materials: Interior paints and coatings shall comply with the testing and product
requirements of the California Department of Health Services' "Standard Practice for the
Southeast Community Park 95% Construction Documents
City of Fort Collins Park Planning February 9, 2016
PAINTING 09 91 13 - 5
Testing of Volatile Organic Emissions from Various Sources Using Small-Scale Environmental
Chambers."
C. Chemical Content: The following compounds are prohibited:
1. Aromatic Compounds: In excess of 1.0 percent by weight of total aromatic compounds
(hydrocarbon compounds containing one or more benzene rings).
2. Acrolein, acrylonitrile, antimony, benzene, butyl benzyl phthalate, cadmium, di (2-
ethylhexyl) phthalate, di-n-butyl phthalate, di-n-octyl phthalate, 1,2- dichlorobenzene,
diethyl phthalate, dimethyl phthalate, ethylbenzene, formaldehyde, hexavalent chromium,
isophorone, lead, asbestos, mercury, methyl ethyl ketone, methyl isobutyl ketone,
methylene chloride, naphthalene, toluene (methylbenzene), 1,1,1-trichloroethane, vinyl
chloride.
D. Colors: Custom colors to match Architect’s sample.
1. Approximately 10 percent of surface area will be painted with deep tones (accent colors).
2. The general design intent is to use one field color and one accent color. Refer to the
Drawings for actual colors, quantities and locations of paints and colors.
2.3 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL
A. Testing of Paint Materials: Owner reserves the right to invoke the following procedure:
1. Owner will engage the services of a qualified testing agency to sample paint materials.
Contractor will be notified in advance and may be present when samples are taken. If paint
materials have already been delivered to Project site, samples may be taken at Project site.
Samples will be identified, sealed, and certified by testing agency.
2. Testing agency will perform tests for compliance with product requirements.
3. Owner may direct Contractor to stop applying paints if test results show materials being
used do not comply with product requirements. Contractor shall remove noncomplying
paint materials from Project site, pay for testing, and repaint surfaces painted with rejected
materials. Contractor will be required to remove rejected materials from previously painted
surfaces if, on repainting with complying materials, the two paints are incompatible.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine substrates and conditions, with Applicator present, for compliance with requirements
for maximum moisture content and other conditions affecting performance of the Work.
B. Maximum Moisture Content of Substrates: When measured with an electronic moisture meter
as follows:
1. Concrete: 12 percent.
2. Masonry (Clay and CMU): 12 percent.
3. Wood: 15 percent.
4. Portland Cement Plaster: 12 percent.
5. Gypsum Board: 12 percent.
C. Portland Cement Plaster Substrates: Verify that plaster is fully cured.
Southeast Community Park 95% Construction Documents
City of Fort Collins Park Planning February 9, 2016
PAINTING 09 91 13 - 6
D. Exterior Gypsum Board Substrates: Verify that finishing compound is sanded smooth.
E. Verify suitability of substrates, including surface conditions and compatibility with existing
finishes and primers.
F. Proceed with coating application only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
1. Application of coating indicates acceptance of surfaces and conditions.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations in "MPI Manual"
applicable to substrates and paint systems indicated.
B. Remove hardware, covers, plates, and similar items already in place that are removable and are
not to be painted. If removal is impractical or impossible because of size or weight of item,
provide surface-applied protection before surface preparation and painting.
1. After completing painting operations, use workers skilled in the trades involved to reinstall
items that were removed. Remove surface-applied protection.
C. Clean substrates of substances that could impair bond of paints, including dust, dirt, oil, grease,
and incompatible paints and encapsulants.
1. Remove incompatible primers and reprime substrate with compatible primers or apply tie
coat as required to produce paint systems indicated.
D. Prepare previously-painted surfaces according to recommendations in “MPI Manual” and written
instructions of the topcoat manufacturer.
E. Concrete Substrates: Remove release agents, curing compounds, efflorescence, and chalk. Do
not paint surfaces if moisture content or alkalinity of surfaces to be painted exceeds that
permitted in manufacturer's written instructions.
F. Masonry Substrates: Remove efflorescence and chalk. Do not paint surfaces if moisture
content or alkalinity of surfaces or mortar joints exceeds that permitted in manufacturer's
written instructions.
G. Steel Substrates: Remove rust, loose mill scale, and shop primer if any. Clean using methods
recommended in writing by paint manufacturer.
H. Shop-Primed Steel Substrates: Clean field welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas of shop
paint, and paint exposed areas with the same material as used for shop priming to comply with
SSPC-PA 1 for touching up shop-primed surfaces.
I. Galvanized-Metal Substrates: Remove grease and oil residue from galvanized sheet metal by
mechanical methods to produce clean, lightly etched surfaces that promote adhesion of
subsequently applied paints.
J. Aluminum Substrates: Remove loose surface oxidation.
K. Wood Substrates:
Southeast Community Park 95% Construction Documents
City of Fort Collins Park Planning February 9, 2016
PAINTING 09 91 13 - 7
1. Scrape and clean knots. Before applying primer, apply coat of knot sealer recommended
in writing by topcoat manufacturer for exterior use in paint system indicated.
2. Sand surfaces that will be exposed to view, and dust off.
3. Prime edges, ends, faces, undersides, and backsides of wood.
4. After priming, fill holes and imperfections in the finish surfaces with putty or plastic wood
filler. Sand smooth when dried.
L. Plastic Trim Fabrication Substrates: Remove dust, dirt, and other foreign material that might
impair bond of paints to substrates.
3.3 APPLICATION
A. Apply paints according to manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations in "MPI
Manual."
1. Use applicators and techniques suited for paint and substrate indicated.
2. Paint surfaces behind movable items same as similar exposed surfaces. Before final
installation, paint surfaces behind permanently fixed items with prime coat only.
3. Paint both sides and edges of exterior doors and entire exposed surface of exterior door
frames.
4. Paint entire exposed surface of window frames and sashes.
5. Do not paint over labels of independent testing agencies or equipment name, identification,
performance rating, or nomenclature plates.
6. Primers specified in painting schedules may be omitted on items that are factory primed or
factory finished if acceptable to topcoat manufacturers.
a. Primer applied in preparation for applying texture finish to gypsum board (specified
in Section 09 29 00 Gypsum Board Assemblies) is not a substitute for primer applied
in preparation for applying a paint finish coat. Primer may not be omitted when
painting textured gypsum board assemblies.
B. Tint undercoats same color as topcoat, but tint each undercoat a lighter shade to facilitate
identification of each coat if multiple coats of same material are to be applied. Provide
sufficient difference in shade of undercoats to distinguish each separate coat.
C. If undercoats or other conditions show through topcoat, apply additional coats until cured film
has a uniform paint finish, color, and appearance.
D. Apply paints to produce surface films without cloudiness, spotting, holidays, laps, brush marks,
roller tracking, runs, sags, ropiness, or other surface imperfections. Cut in sharp lines and color
breaks.
E. Painting Fire Suppression, Plumbing, HVAC, Electrical, Communication, and Electronic Safety
and Security Work:
1. Paint all mechanical and electrical equipment, except that which is factory finished or
aluminum, exposed to weather or to view on the roof and outdoors and including the
following work, where exposed to view:
a. Equipment, including panelboards and switch gear.
b. Uninsulated metal piping.
c. Uninsulated plastic piping.
d. Pipe hangers and supports.
e. Metal conduit (to match adjacent wall).
Southeast Community Park 95% Construction Documents
City of Fort Collins Park Planning February 9, 2016
PAINTING 09 91 13 - 8
f. Plastic conduit (to match adjacent wall).
g. Tanks that do not have factory-applied final finishes.
2. Remove louvers, grilles, covers, and access panels on mechanical and electrical
components and paint separately. These items shall be spray painted in colors as directed
by Architect (generally to match adjacent finished materials), and returned for installation.
Touch up screws and scuffed spots, or repaint to achieve uniform finish.
3. Paint interior surfaces of air ducts and convector and baseboard heating cabinets with flat,
nonspecular black paint where visible through registers, grilles, or louvers.
4. Paint dampers exposed behind louvers, grilles, and convector and baseboard cabinets to
match face panels.
F. Paint both sides and edges of plywood backboards for electrical and telephone equipment before
installing equipment.
G. Do Not Paint or Finish the Following Items:
1. Items fully factory-finished unless specifically noted; factory-primed items are not
considered factory-finished.
2. Items indicated to receive other finish.
3. Items indicated to remain naturally finished.
4. Fire rating labels, equipment serial number and capacity labels, and operating parts of
equipment.
5. Anodized aluminum.
6. Polished and brushed stainless steel items.
7. Brick, precast concrete, integrally colored plaster.
8. Concrete masonry in utility, mechanical, and electrical spaces unless noted to be painted.
9. Polished and brushed stainless steel, anodized aluminum, bronze, terne, and lead.
10. Acoustical materials.
11. Concealed piping, ductwork, and conduit.
H. Ensure complete coverage of block filler such that pores and pinholes are filled. At Toilet
Rooms and Food Preparation areas apply filler coats until completely smooth and acceptable to
Health Department having jurisdiction.
I. Paint entire wall where patching is to be painted and nearest horizontal break line, or ceiling, if
none is existing.
J. Face Brick – Emulsion Color Treatment (Masonry Stain): Verify color uniformity 12 hours
after application. Recoat areas where blotches, blemishes or imperfections are present.
3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Dry Film Thickness Testing: Owner may engage the services of a qualified testing and
inspecting agency to inspect and test paint for dry film thickness.
1. Contractor shall touch up and restore painted surfaces damaged by testing.
2. If test results show that dry film thickness of applied paint does not comply with paint
manufacturer's written recommendations, Contractor shall pay for testing and apply
additional coats as needed to provide dry film thickness that complies with paint
manufacturer's written recommendations.
Southeast Community Park 95% Construction Documents
City of Fort Collins Park Planning February 9, 2016
PAINTING 09 91 13 - 9
3.5 CLEANING AND PROTECTION
A. At end of each workday, remove rubbish, empty cans, rags, and other discarded materials from
Project site.
B. After completing paint application, clean spattered surfaces. Remove spattered paints by
washing, scraping, or other methods. Do not scratch or damage adjacent finished surfaces.
C. Protect work of other trades against damage from paint application. Correct damage to work of
other trades by cleaning, repairing, replacing, and refinishing, as approved by Architect, and
leave in an undamaged condition.
D. At completion of construction activities of other trades, touch up and restore damaged or
defaced painted surfaces.
3.6 EXTERIOR PAINTING SCHEDULE
A. Ferrous Metals, including areas on roof not visible from ground. First coat not required on
items with prime coat applied by manufacturer. Two finish coats over primer.
1. Primer: Synthetic rust-inhibiting primer, total dry film thickness of not less than 1.4 mils.
a. D-V: Pinnacle Finium DTM-AT Acrylic Primer.
b. Moore: Super Spec HP, Acrylic Metal Primer P04
c. S-W: Pro Industrial Pro-Cryl Universal Primer, B66-310 series.
2. First and Second Coats: Acrylic gloss alkyd enamel, total dry film thickness of not less
than 3.7 mils.
a. D-V: Pinnacle Finium DTM-AT Acrylic Gloss.
b. Moore: Super Spec HP DTM Acrylic Semi-Gloss P29
c. S-W: DTM (B66-100).
B. Zinc Coated Metals (Galvanized) including areas on roof not visible from ground. Gloss
Enamel: Two finish coats over primer.
1. Treatment as described in Part 3, Preparation, for galvanized metal.
2. Primer: Galvanized metal primer, total dry film thickness not less than 2.5 mils.
a. D-V: Pinnacle Finium DTM-AT Acrylic Primer.
b. Moore: Super Spec HP, Acrylic Metal Primer P04
c. S-W: Pro Industrial Pro-Cryl Universal Primer, B66-310 series.
3. First and Second Coats: Acrylic gloss enamel, total dry film thickness not less than 2.6
mils.
a. D-V: Pinnacle Finium DTM-AT Acrylic Gloss.
b. Moore: Super Spec HP DTM Acrylic Semi-Gloss P29
c. S-W: DTM (B66-100).
C. Exterior Structural Steel – High Performance Finish: Thermoset fluoropolymer, two finish coats
over primer.
1. Surface preparation: SSPC-SP 6.
2. Primer:
a. Tnemic: Series 90-97 Tneme-Zinc.
3. Intermediate Coat:
a. Tnemic: Series N69 Hi-Build Epoxyline II.
4. Top Coat:
Southeast Community Park 95% Construction Documents
City of Fort Collins Park Planning February 9, 2016
PAINTING 09 91 13 - 10
a. Tnemic: Series 750.
D. Relocated Silo’s (A 03)
1. Surface preparation: as described in Part 3, Preparation for steel substrate. (A 03)
2. Primer: (A 03)
a. Sherwin Williams KEM Flash 500 Low Haps Primer, or equal
3. First Coat: (A 03)
a. Sherwin Williams ProMar Exterior Latex Barn Paint, or equal
4. Second Coat: (A 03)
a. Owner to review after one coat is applied. Second coate of same, if required by
owner to achieve full coverage.
3.7 INTERIOR PAINTING SCHEDULE
A. Concrete Block - Epoxy Emulsion Coating: Where indicated on Finish Schedule and/or on
Drawings, provide one coat block filler and two finish coats epoxy emulsion.
1. Block Filler: Total dry film thickness not less than 5.0 mils.
a. D-V: Dia-Pro Acrylic Block Filler, BF-1515.
b. Moore: Super Spec Waterborne Epoxy Block Filler V163
c. S-W: Heavy Duty Block Filler B42W46.
2. First and Second Coats: Epoxy Emulsion, semi-gloss finish.
a. D-V: Pinnacle Vers-E-Poxy 131 Waterborne Acrylic Epoxy.
b. Moore: Super Spec Waterborne Polyamide Epoxy V440
c. S-W: Pro Industrial Zero VOC Waterborne Catalyzed Epoxy B73-300.
B. Interior Wood (Transparent Finish), sand between each coat:
1. Oil Based Stain to achieve color:
a. D-V: Old Masters Hi-Solid Penetrating Stain.
b. Moore: Benwood Waterborne Interior Stain 205
c. S-W: A49-200 Wood Classics Stain. (Wood Classics 250 VOC Stain).
2. Sealer: Thinned application of the finish coat.
3. Two Finish Coats:
a. D-V: Old Masters H20 Acrylic Satin Varnish.
b. Moore: Benwood Stays Clear Polyurethane High Gloss N422
c. S-W: A68F90 Wood Classics Polyurethane.
END OF SECTION 09 91 13
Southeast Community Park 02/09/2016
Civitas #2-13-0010
SITE FURNISHINGS 129300 - 1
(Addendum 03, 03.22.2016)
SECTION 129300 - SITE FURNISHINGS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Tables.
2. Chairs
3. Benches
4. Bicycle racks.
5. Trash receptacles and Litter Receptacles.
6. Drinking Fountain.
7. Picnic Table – Metal
8. Picnic Table – Wood
9. Site Handrail Skate Deterrent
10. Site Wall Skate Deterrent
11. Manual Swing Fire Access Gate
12. Garden Shed
13. Greenscreen
14. Zipgrow Towers
15. Fabric Shade System
16. BBQ (A 03)
17. Lounge Chair (A 03)
B. Related Requirements:
1. Section 033000 "Cast-in-Place Concrete" for footings.
2. Section 312000 "Earth Moving" for excavation for installing concrete footings.
1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of product.
B. Samples: For each exposed product and for each color and texture specified.
C. Samples for Initial Selection: For units with factory-applied finishes.
D. Samples for Verification: For each type of exposed finish, not less than 6-inch- (152-mm-) long
linear components and 4-inch- (102-mm-) square sheet components.
Southeast Community Park 02/09/2016
Civitas #2-13-0010
SITE FURNISHINGS 129300 - 2
E. Product Schedule: For site furnishings. Use same designations indicated on Drawings.
1.4 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
A. Maintenance Data: For site furnishings to include in maintenance manuals.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 TABLES
A. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the following:
1. Manufacturer: Landscape Forms, 431 Lawndale Ave., Kalamazoo, MI 49048, 800-521-
2546
a. Catena Table; 29” height.
b. Size
1) Diameter: 24”; no umbrella hole; quantity: per the drawings (A 03)
2) Diameter: 42”; with umbrella hole; quantity: per the drawings (A 03)
3) Diameter: 42”; without umbrella hole; quantity: per the drawings (A
03)
4) Diameter 30”, no umbrella hole
5) Finish: Powder coated: To be determined during submittal process.
c. Table top: Catena: 16 gauge with rolled edge, reinforced steel channels beneath the
top. Powder coated steel finish.
d. Table supports:
1) (A 03) 30” table tops: 2.5” outer diameter x 0.120” wall steel tubing welded
to 18” diameter cast iron base.
2) 36” and 42” table tops: 3” outer diameter 0.120” wall steel tubing
welded to 23” diameter cast iron base. (A 03)
e. Mounting: Catena (A 03) Single surface mount (A 03)
2.2 CHAIRS
1. Manufacturer: Landscape Forms, 431 Lawndale Ave., Kalamazoo, MI 49048, 800-521-
2546
a. Parc Vue Bench / custom sized as Chair
b. Style
1) Backed with arms
2) Depth: 25-3/4”
3) Overall height: 35-1/2”
4) Arm height: 27-1/4”
c. Length: 24”
d. Finish: Powder coated: To be determined during submittal process.
e. Mounting: freestanding with nylon 6-6-400 glides.
f. Quantity: per drawings.
Southeast Community Park 02/09/2016
Civitas #2-13-0010
SITE FURNISHINGS 129300 - 3
2.3 BENCHES
A. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the following:
1. Manufacturer: Forms+Surfaces, 30 Pine Street Pittsburgh, PA 15223, phone: 800-451-
0410, website: www.forms-surfaces.com
a. Knight Bench – backless
b. Materials:
1) Seat slats
a) FSC 100% Ipé hardwood.
2) Bench frame: solid aluminum with invisible welds.
3) Slat fasteners: recessed stainless steel.
4) Finishes
a) Seat slats: penetrating oil finish.
b) Finish color: Penofin® hardwood formula “Transparent Natural.”
c) Bench frame (outer frame edges): polished aluminum.
d) Bench frame (inner surfaces): polyester powdercoat
i. Premium Texture from Forms+Surfaces Powdercoat Chart.
5) Dimensions
a) Backless bench, six foot, surface mount
b) Overall dimensions: 72" long x 22.7" deep x 18” high.
c) Seat dimensions: 19.7" deep x 18" high.
6) Mounting: Surface mount. Provide threaded anchors and stainless steel
mounting screws.
2.4 BICYCLE RACKS
A. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the following:
1. Manufacturer: Landscape Forms, 431 Lawndale Ave., Kalamazoo, MI 49048, 800-521-
2546
a. Ride Bike rack
b. Size:
1) Depth: 3-1/2”
2) Height : 26 Inches
3) Length: 28 inches
c. Mounting:
1) Embed
d. Finish: Powder coated: To be determined during submittal process.
2.5 TRASH AND LITTER RECEPTACLES
A. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the following:
1. Manufacturer: Forms+Surfaces, 30 Pine Street Pittsburgh, PA 15223, phone: 800-451-
0410, website: www.forms-surfaces.com
a. Universal Litter Receptacle
b. 36-gallon, side-opening receptacle with standard opening / standard opening lid.
c. Materials:
Southeast Community Park 02/09/2016
Civitas #2-13-0010
SITE FURNISHINGS 129300 - 4
1) Body:
a) Stainless Steel.
2) Lid:
a) Polyethylene with UL94HB fire rating.
3) Base:
a) Polyethylene with UL94HB fire rating.
4) Liners: black polyethylene with UL94HV fire rating.
5) Hardware: stainless steel.
d. Finishes:
1) Body:
a) Stainless Steel, Sandstone.
2) Lid:
a) Polyethylene with Slate-colored light textured finish for 36-gallon
receptacles.
3) Base:
a) Polyethylene with Slate-colored light textured finish.
e. Dimensions:
a) 36-gallon, side opening, standard opening / standard opening: 21.5"
diameter x 40.8" high.
2.6 DRINKING FOUNTAIN
A. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the following:
1. Manufacturer: Most Dependable Fountain Inc., 5705 Commander Dr., Arlington , TN
38002, Phone: 800.552.6331, www.mostdependable.com
a. Model 10155 SMSS (Pet Fountain Included)
b. Finish: Stainless Steel model, with Chrome Powdercoat Color.
2.7 PICNIC TABLE – METAL
A. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the following:
1. Manufacturer: ULINE, 12575 Uline Drive, Pleasant Prairie, WI 53158, Phone
800.295.5571, www.uline.com
a. 6’ Aluminum Table - Model H-3745
b. Mounting Hardware – Model # H-3748 (sold separately)
2.8 PICNIC TABLE – WOOD
1. Manufacturer: Forms+Surfaces, 30 Pine Street Pittsburgh, PA 15223, phone: 800-451-
0410, website: www.forms-surfaces.com
a. Knight Table Ensemble
b. Materials:
1) Seat slats
a) FSC 100% Ipé hardwood.
2) Bench frame: solid aluminum with invisible welds.
3) Slat fasteners: recessed stainless steel.
Southeast Community Park 02/09/2016
Civitas #2-13-0010
SITE FURNISHINGS 129300 - 5
4) Finishes
a) Seat slats: penetrating oil finish.
b) Finish color: Penofin® hardwood formula “Transparent Natural.”
c) Bench frame (outer frame edges): polished aluminum.
d) Bench frame (inner surfaces): polyester powdercoat
i. Premium Texture from Forms+Surfaces Powdercoat Chart.
5) Dimensions
a) Knight Table Ensemble (bench): 72" length, 19.8" depth, 18" height.
b) Knight Table Ensemble (ADA bench): 36" length, 19.8" depth, 18"
height.
c) Knight Table Ensemble (table): 72" length, 36" depth, 30.4" height.
6) Mounting: Surface mount. Provide threaded anchors and stainless steel
mounting screws.
2.9 SITE HANDRAIL SKATE DETERRENT
1. Manufacturer: Skatestoppers, 1547 N Cuyamaca St, El Cajon, CA 92020, 619-477-6374,
www.skatestoppers.com.
a. HR Series PN#HR1.5, install per manufacturer’s specifications
b. Materials:
1) Cast Aluminum with Clear Anodize coating
2) Outside Dimensions: Approximately 2” long
3) Spacing: Space equally along rail, approximately 3’ o.c.
4) Mounting: (2) stainless steel tamper resistant screws, and two-part epoxy.
2.10 SITE WALL SKATE DETERRENT
1. Manufacturer: Skatestoppers, 1547 N Cuyamaca St, El Cajon, CA 92020, 619-477-6374,
www.skatestoppers.com.
a. Gorilla 135, install per manufacturer’s specifications
b. Materials:
1) 6061-T6 Extruded Aluminum with Type II Clear Anodize coating
2) Outside Dimensions: Approximately 8” long x 1.125” wide x 1.125” tall
3) Spacing: Space approximately 18” from end of wall, and space equally
along wall, approximately 3’ o.c.
4) Mounting: (2) 3/8” x 1-1/2” stud G PIN anchors, and two-part epoxy.
2.11 MANUAL SWING GATE
1. Manufacturer: Hoover Fence Co., 4521 Warren Ravenna Rd., Newton Falls, OH 44444,
303-358-2335, www.hooverfence.com
a. S-Series Tubular Barrier Gate, single swing gate, 14’ length
b. Materials:
1) Galvanized SS40 or aluminum Sch40 frame
2) Powdercoat Color: to be determined from manufacturer’s standard colors
3) 2” O.D. (1-7/8” actual)
Southeast Community Park 02/09/2016
Civitas #2-13-0010
SITE FURNISHINGS 129300 - 6
2.12 GARDEN SHED
1. Manufacturer: Studio Shed, 1500 Cherry Street, Louisville, CO 80027, 888-900-3933,
www.studio-shed.com
a. Signature Series, 10’ x 6’
1) Siding: Black/ Metal
2) Front: Left justified 72” door, double swing, metal
3) Siding Color: Cargo Pants
4) Door Color: Sundried Tomato
5) Eaves Color: Sable
6) Foundation: Site concrete slab
2.13 GREENSCREEN PANELS
1. Manufacturer: GreenScreen, 1743 La Cienego Blvd., Los Angeles, CA 90035, 800-450-
3494, www.greenscreen.com
a. PANELS
1) Panels shall be rigid, three dimensional welded wire grid fabricated of 14
gage galvanized steel wire.
a) Metallic-Coated Steel Wire: Welded-wire, galvanized in accordance
with ASTM A641.
2) Face Grid: Wires shall be welded at each intersection to form a 2 x 2 inch
face grid on the front and back of panels,
3) Trusses: Face grids shall be separated by bent wire trusses spaced at 2-inch
centers and welded to front and back face grids at each truss apex.
4) Thickness: As shown on Drawings
5) Length and Width: As indicated on the Drawings.
6) Tolerance: 1/8 inch in width and 1/8 inch in length.
b. ACCESSORIES
1) Trim:
a) Fabricate from 20-gage ASTM A879 galvanized steel.
b) Types
Channel Trim: Thickness of panel x ½ inch legs.
Angle Trim: ½ inch x ½ inch legs.
c) Locations:
As indicated on the Drawings.
2) Clips and Straps: Provide manufacturer’s standard types of clips and straps
suitable for mounting conditions. Fabricate from ASTM A879 galvanized
steel. Adjustable clips shall have ¼ inch diameter 18-8 stainless steel bolt,
washer, and nut.
3) Plastic Spacers: Provide ½ inch thick black Ultra High Molecular Weight
polyethylene (UHMW) washers [to hold clips away from mounting surface].
4) Fence Posts: 3-inch [2-7/8” OD ASTM A500] [square ASTM A500, Grade
B] steel tube. The steel strip used in the manufacture of the post shall
conform to ASTM A1011. Minimum yield strength shall be 45,000 psi.
[Provide steel post caps.] Overall post length shall be as indicated on the
Drawings.
5) Fasteners for Mounting Clips to Fence Posts: Self drilling, self tapping hex
washer head screws, with strength of Type 410 stainless steel, and corrosion
resistance of Type 304 stainless steel.
Southeast Community Park 02/09/2016
Civitas #2-13-0010
SITE FURNISHINGS 129300 - 7
6) Fasteners for Attachment to Structure Pull Out Value:
7) To Concrete or Masonry: [480 lbs.].
8) To Structural Steel: [480 lbs.].
c. FABRICATION
1) Cut to size.
2) Weld trim to panels and grind smooth exterior surfaces of welds.
3) Curved Panels: All curved panels shall be fabricated in the factory using
approved “Cut-to-Curve” or “Crimped-to-Curve” procedures as
recommended by manufacturer for diameter of curve and conditions of use
prior to application of powder coat finish to ensure that all wire edges are
coated and protected. The use of “Cut-to-Curve” or “Crimped-to-Curve”
fabrication technique is dependent on the specific radius and the direction of
the curve relative to the flat panel layout.
d. FINISH
1) Metal components (except fasteners) shall receive commercial grade finish
system after fabrication.
2) Finish System:
a) Pretreat with general purpose, alkaline, water based cleaner /
degreaser applied at 240 degrees F.
b) Prime with fusion bond epoxy powder coat.
c) Topcoat with [TGIC] polyester or polyester-urethane powder coat
with a minimum total dry film thickness of not less than [6 mils (0.15
mm)].
3) Salt Spray Resistance: Finish shall remain rust free when tested 1680 hours
in accordance with ASTM B117.
4) Finish and Color: Silver
5) Touch-Up Paint: Provide high quality, exterior-grade spray paint suitable for
conditions of use.
e. MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS
1) Concrete: Refer to Section 03 30 00, CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE.
2) Concrete: Normal-weight, air-entrained, ready-mix concrete with a
minimum 28-day compressive strength of 3000 psi (20 MPa), 3-inch (75-
mm) slump, and 1-inch (25-mm) maximum aggregate size [ or dry,
packaged, normal-weight concrete mix complying with ASTM C 387 mixed
with potable water according to manufacturer's written instructions].
2.14 ZIPGROW TOWERS
1. Manufacturer: Bright Agrotech, PO Box 1648, Laramie, WY, 82073, 307-288-1188,
www.shop.brightagrotech.com
a. 7’ Zipgrow Commercial Bundle (50 Towers)
1) Add: (4) side hanging holes
2) Add: (4) ZipGrow media pull hooks
2.15 FABRIC SHADE SAILS
1. Manufacturer: Shade Sails, 2216 Padre Blvd., Suite B, #77, South Padre Island, TX,
78597, www.shadesails.com
a. Wave Shades – Retractable Shades, install per manufacturers specifications
Southeast Community Park 02/09/2016
Civitas #2-13-0010
SITE FURNISHINGS 129300 - 8
1) Style A (cable at outer edge)
2) Material: Shadetex 300
3) Color: Terracotta
2.16 BBQ (A 03)
1. Manufacturer: Patterson Williams, 800-687-5768, www.patterson-williams.com
a. BBQ Grill – Single Grill
1) Model # 1140-00
2) Post: 3-1/2” O.D. and 4-1/2” O.D. Heavy Duty Steel Tube
3) Finish: Heat Resistant Powder Coat
4) Color: Flat Black
5) Mounting: Surface Mount
6) Weight: 70 lbs
2.17 Lounge Chair (A 03)
1. Manufacturer: Loll Design, 5912 Waseca Street, Duluth, Minnesota, 55807, 877-
740-3387, www.lolldesigns.com
a. Cabrio Chair
1) Material: HDPE
2) Color: To Be determined
3) Mounting: not applicable
4) Weight: 70 lbs
2.18 MATERIALS
A. Aluminum: Alloy and temper recommended by aluminum producer and finisher for type of use
and finish indicated; free of surface blemishes and complying with the following:
1. Rolled or Cold-Finished Bars, Rods, and Wire: ASTM B 211 (ASTM B 211M).
2. Extruded Bars, Rods, Wire, Profiles, and Tubes: ASTM B 221 (ASTM B 221M).
3. Structural Pipe and Tube: ASTM B 429/B 429M.
4. Sheet and Plate: ASTM B 209 (ASTM B 209M).
5. Castings: ASTM B 26/B 26M.
B. Steel and Iron: Free of surface blemishes and complying with the following:
1. Plates, Shapes, and Bars: ASTM A 36/A 36M.
2. Steel Pipe: Standard-weight steel pipe complying with ASTM A 53/A 53M, or electric-
resistance-welded pipe complying with ASTM A 135/A 135M.
3. Tubing: Cold-formed steel tubing complying with ASTM A 500/A 500M.
4. Mechanical Tubing: Cold-rolled, electric-resistance-welded carbon or alloy steel tubing
complying with ASTM A 513, or steel tubing fabricated from steel complying with
ASTM A 1011/A 1011M and complying with dimensional tolerances in
ASTM A 500/A 500M; zinc coated internally and externally.
5. Sheet: Commercial steel sheet complying with ASTM A 1011/A 1011M.
Southeast Community Park 02/09/2016
Civitas #2-13-0010
SITE FURNISHINGS 129300 - 9
C. Stainless Steel: Free of surface blemishes and complying with the following:
1. Sheet, Strip, Plate, and Flat Bars: ASTM A 666.
2. Pipe: Schedule 40 steel pipe complying with ASTM A 312/A 312M.
3. Tubing: ASTM A 554.
D. Wood: Surfaced smooth on four sides with eased edges; kiln dried, free of knots, solid stock of
species indicated.
1. Wood Species: Manufacturer's standard.
2. Finish: Manufacturer's standard
E. Fiberglass: Multiple laminations of glass-fiber-reinforced polyester resin with UV-light stable,
colorfast, nonfading, weather- and stain-resistant, colored polyester gel coat, and with
manufacturer's standard finish.
F. Plastic: Color impregnated, color and UV-light stabilized, and mold resistant.
1. Polyethylene: Fabricated from virgin plastic HDPE resin.
G. Anchors, Fasteners, Fittings, and Hardware: Stainless steel commercial quality, tamperproof,
vandal and theft resistant.
H. Nonshrink, Nonmetallic Grout: Premixed, factory-packaged, nonstaining, noncorrosive,
nongaseous grout complying with ASTM C 1107/C 1107M; recommended in writing by
manufacturer, for exterior applications.
I. Erosion-Resistant Anchoring Cement: Factory-packaged, nonshrink, nonstaining, hydraulic-
controlled expansion cement formulation for mixing with potable water at Project site to create
pourable anchoring, patching, and grouting compound; resistant to erosion from water exposure
without needing protection by a sealer or waterproof coating; recommended in writing by
manufacturer, for exterior applications.
J. Galvanizing: Where indicated for steel and iron components, provide the following protective
zinc coating applied to components after fabrication:
1. Zinc-Coated Tubing: External, zinc with organic overcoat, consisting of a minimum of
0.9 oz./sq. ft. (0.27 kg/sq. m) of zinc after welding, a chromate conversion coating, and a
clear, polymer film. Internal, same as external or consisting of 81 percent zinc pigmented
coating, not less than 0.3 mil (0.0076 mm) thick.
2. Hot-Dip Galvanizing: According to ASTM A 123/A 123M, ASTM A 153/A 153M, or
ASTM A 924/A 924M.
2.19 FABRICATION
A. Metal Components: Form to required shapes and sizes with true, consistent curves, lines, and
angles. Separate metals from dissimilar materials to prevent electrolytic action.
B. Welded Connections: Weld connections continuously. Weld solid members with full-length,
full-penetration welds and hollow members with full-circumference welds. At exposed
Southeast Community Park 02/09/2016
Civitas #2-13-0010
SITE FURNISHINGS 129300 - 10
connections, finish surfaces smooth and blended so no roughness or unevenness shows after
finishing and welded surface matches contours of adjoining surfaces.
C. Pipes and Tubes: Form simple and compound curves by bending members in jigs to produce
uniform curvature for each repetitive configuration required; maintain cylindrical cross section
of member throughout entire bend without buckling, twisting, cracking, or otherwise deforming
exposed surfaces of handrail and railing components.
D. Preservative-Treated Wood Components: Complete fabrication of treated items before
treatment if possible. If cut after treatment, apply field treatment complying with AWPA M4 to
cut surfaces.
E. Exposed Surfaces: Polished, sanded, or otherwise finished; all surfaces smooth, free of burrs,
barbs, splinters, and sharpness; all edges and ends rolled, rounded, or capped.
F. Factory Assembly: Assemble components in the factory to greatest extent possible to minimize
field assembly. Clearly mark units for assembly in the field.
2.20 GENERAL FINISH REQUIREMENTS
A. Appearance of Finished Work: Noticeable variations in same piece are not acceptable.
Variations in appearance of adjoining components are acceptable if they are within the range of
approved Samples and are assembled or installed to minimize contrast.
2.21 ALUMINUM FINISHES
A. Baked-Enamel, Powder-Coat Finish: Manufacturer's standard, baked, polyester, powder-coat
finish complying with finish manufacturer's written instructions for surface preparation,
including pretreatment, application, baking, and minimum dry film thickness.
2.22 STEEL AND GALVANIZED-STEEL FINISHES
A. Baked-Enamel, Powder-Coat Finish: Manufacturer's standard, baked, polyester, powder-coat
finish complying with finish manufacturer's written instructions for surface preparation,
including pretreatment, application, baking, and minimum dry film thickness.
B. PVC Finish: Manufacturer's standard, UV-light stabilized, mold-resistant, slip-resistant, matte-
textured, dipped or sprayed-on, PVC-plastisol finish, with flame retardant added; complying
with coating manufacturer's written instructions for pretreatment, application, and minimum dry
film thickness.
2.23 IRON FINISHES
A. Baked-Enamel, Powder-Coat Finish: Manufacturer's standard, baked, polyester, powder-coat
finish complying with finish manufacturer's written instructions for surface preparation,
including pretreatment, application, baking, and minimum dry film thickness.
Southeast Community Park 02/09/2016
Civitas #2-13-0010
SITE FURNISHINGS 129300 - 11
2.24 STAINLESS-STEEL FINISHES
A. Surface Preparation: Remove tool and die marks and stretch lines, or blend into finish.
B. Polished Finishes: Grind and polish surfaces to produce uniform finish, free of cross scratches.
1. Run directional finishes with long dimension of each piece.
2. Directional Satin Finish: No 4.
3. Dull Satin Finish: No. 6.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine areas and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for
correct and level finished grade, mounting surfaces, installation tolerances, and other conditions
affecting performance of the Work.
B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
3.2 INSTALLATION, GENERAL
A. Comply with manufacturer's written installation instructions unless more stringent requirements
are indicated. Complete field assembly of site furnishings where required.
B. Unless otherwise indicated, install site furnishings after landscaping and paving have been
completed.
C. Install site furnishings level, plumb, true, and positioned at locations indicated on Drawings.
END OF SECTION 129300
Southeast Community Park 95% Construction Documents
City of Fort Collins Park Planning February 8, 2016
PLUMBING PIPING 221110-1
(Revision 01, 03.22.2016)
SECTION 221110 - PLUMBING PIPING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes domestic water, sewer, and vent piping generally from 5 feet outside of
the building perimeter, to fixtures and equipment inside the building.
B. Related Sections Include:
1. Division 22 Section 220519 “Meters and Gauges for Plumbing Piping” for thermometers,
pressure gauges, and fittings.
2. Division 22 Section 220000 “Plumbing Special Conditions” for cleaning and testing.
1.3 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. Domestic Water Distribution Piping: 80 psig.
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For pipe, tube, fittings, and couplings.
B. Field Test Reports: Indicate and interpret test results for compliance with cleaning and testing
requirements.
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Piping materials shall bear label, stamp, or other markings of specified testing agency.
B. Comply with NSF 61, “Drinking Water System Components-Health Effects; Sections 1 through
9”, for potable water piping and components.
Southeast Community Park 95% Construction Documents
City of Fort Collins Park Planning February 8, 2016
PLUMBING PIPING 221110-2
1.6 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS
A. Perform Work in accordance with 2012 International Plumbing Code (IPC), State of Colorado,
Larimer County and City of Fort Collins standards.
1. Maintain one copy on project site.
B. Conform to applicable local code for installation of backflow prevention devices.
C. Provide certificate of compliance from authority having jurisdiction indicating approval of
installation of backflow prevention devices.
1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND PROTECTION
A. Provide temporary end caps and closures on piping and fittings. Maintain in place until
installation.
B. Protect piping systems from entry of foreign materials by temporary covers, completing
sections of the work, and isolating parts of completed system.
1.8 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS
A. Do not install underground piping when bedding is wet or frozen.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 SANITARY SEWER, BURIED UNDER & WITHIN 5 FEET OF BUILDING
A. Cast Iron Pipe: ASTM A 74 service weight.
1. Fittings: Cast iron.
2. Joints: Hub-and-spigot, CISPI HSN compression type with ASTM C 564 neoprene
gaskets or lead and oakum.
B. Cast Iron Pipe: CISPI 301, hubless.
1. Fittings: Cast iron.
2. Joints: CISPI 310, neoprene gasket and stainless steel clamp and shield assemblies.
C. PVC Schedule 40 PVC DWV Pipe: ASTM D 2665 (Solid Core Only) (R01)
1. Fittings: PVC.
2. Joints: Solvent welded, with ASTM D 2564 solvent cement.
3. Per requirements of Table 702.2 of the 2012 IPC.
Southeast Community Park 95% Construction Documents
City of Fort Collins Park Planning February 8, 2016
PLUMBING PIPING 221110-3
2.2 SOIL, WASTE, AND VENT PIPING, ABOVE GRADE
A. Cast Iron Pipe: ASTM A 74, service weight.
1. Fittings: Cast iron.
2. Joint Seals: ASTM C 564 neoprene gaskets, or lead and oakum.
B. Cast Iron Pipe: CISPI 301, hubless, service weight.
1. Fittings: Cast iron.
2. Joints: CISPI 310, neoprene gaskets and stainless steel clamp-and-shield assemblies.
2.3 DRAINS
A. Copper Tube: ASTM B 306, DWV or M.
1. Fittings: Wrought copper.
2. Joints: Soldered. Use lead free solder.
2.4 DOMESTIC WATER PIPING, BELOW GRADE
A. Copper Tube: Type K, Soft Drawn.
1. Fittings buried in ground: Wrought copper, solder joints. There shall be no buried fittings
under the building.
2.5 DOMESTIC WATER PIPING, ABOVE GRADE
A. Copper Tube: ASTM B 88, Type L, Hard Drawn.
1. Fittings: Wrought copper.
2. Joints: Soldered. Use lead free solder.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXPANSION LOOPS
A. The piping layout includes provision for expansion in the form of offsets or loops. Install piping
to take advantage of every available means to facilitate thermal expansion of pipe.
3.2 CONNECTIONS TO MISCELLANEOUS EQUIPMENT
A. Make all domestic water, waste, vent, drain, etc., connections to all equipment in this building
whether or not such equipment is furnished under this section or under other sections of this
specification. This includes installation, furnishing piping and shut-off valves on branches to
and from each piece of equipment from mains or branch mains.
Southeast Community Park 95% Construction Documents
City of Fort Collins Park Planning February 8, 2016
PLUMBING PIPING 221110-4
3.3 SANITARY SEWER SERVICE
A. Provide new extensions of site utility sewers as indicated on the plans.
B. Provide minimum 3'-6" cover over sewer line(s) and vents outside of building. Provide main
clean-out where sewer(s) leaves building as indicated on the plans.
C. See Section 220500 “Common Work Results for Plumbing,” for excavating, trenching, and
backfilling requirements.
D. Slope (In accordance with the IPC):
1. Horizontal Drain Pipe:
a. 2½ and Smaller: Piping shall be properly pitched at 1/4 inch to the foot (or 2%)
minimum.
b. 3” to 6”: Piping shall be properly pitched at 1/8 inch (or 1%) minimum.
2. Piping shall be properly supported so that it will not sag and form pockets.
3. Exceptions:
a. As noted on the plans.
b. Contractor requested exceptions must be approved in writing by the Engineer,
Owner, and approved by the Administrative Authority.
E. The manufacturer's recommendations shall be carefully followed when installing pipe using
neoprene gasketed joints.
F. Locate vertical hubs of underground piping in pipe chase.
3.4 WATER PIPING
A. Service:
1. Coordinate and provide new water service as indicated on the mechanical and civil plans.
2. Provide minimum 5'-0" cover over water line outside of building.
3. See Section 220500 “Common Work Results for Plumbing,” for excavating, trenching,
and backfilling requirements.
END OF SECTION 221110
Southeast Community Park 95% Construction Documents
City of Fort Collins Park Planning February 9, 2016
Sports Lighting Design #123350D.1
26 56 68 - 1
(Addendum 03, 03.22.2016)
SECTION 26 56 68 – EXTERIOR ATHLETIC LIGHTING
PART 1 – GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Work covered by this section of the specifications shall conform to the contract doc-
uments, engineering plans as well as state and local codes.
B. The purpose of these specifications is to define the performance and design stand-
ards for Southeast Community Park. The manufacturer/contractor shall supply light-
ing equipment to meet or exceed the standards set forth in these specifications.
C. The sports lighting will be for the following venues:
1. Baseball Field 1
2. Baseball Field 2
D. The primary goals of this sports lighting project are:
1. Guaranteed Light Levels: Selection of appropriate light levels impact the safety of
the players and the enjoyment of spectators. Therefore light levels are guaran-
teed to not drop below specified target values for a period of 25 years.Life-cycle
Cost: In order to reduce the operating budget, the preferred lighting system shall
be energy efficient and cost effective to operate. All maintenance costs shall be
eliminated.
3. Control and Monitoring: To allow for optimized use of labor resources and avoid
unneeded operation of the facility, customer requires a remote on/off control sys-
tem for the lighting system. Fields should be proactively monitored to detect lu-
minaire outages over a 25-year life cycle. All communication and monitoring
costs for 25-year period shall be included in the bid.
4. Environmental Light Control: It is the primary goal of this project to minimize spill
light to adjoining properties and glare to the players and spectators.
E. All lighting designs shall comply with all Fort Collins city ordinance.
1.2 LIGHTING PERFORMANCE
A. Performance Requirements: Playing surfaces shall be lit to an average target illu-
mination level and uniformity as specified in the chart below. Lighting calculations
shall be developed and field measurements taken on the grid spacing with the mini-
mum number of grid points specified below. Average illumination level shall be
measured in accordance with the IESNA LM-5-04 (IESNA Guide for Photometric
Measurements of Area and Sports Lighting Installations). Illumination levels shall not
to drop below desired target values in accordance to IES RP-6-01, Page 5, Main-
tained Average Illuminance and shall be guaranteed for the full warranty period.
Hours of usage shall comply with the following:
Southeast Community Park 95% Construction Documents
City of Fort Collins Park Planning February 9, 2016
Sports Lighting Design #123350D.1
26 56 68 - 2
Area of Lighting Annual Usage
Hours
25 Year Usage
Hours
Baseball Field 1 300 7,500
Baseball Field 2 300 7,500
B. Mounting Heights: To ensure proper aiming angles for reduced glare and to provide
better playability, minimum mounting heights shall be 70’. Higher mounting heights
may be required based on photometric report and ability to ensure the top of the field
angle is a minimum of 10 degrees below horizontal.
# of Poles Pole Designa-
tion
Pole Height
4 A1-A4 70’
4 B1-B4 70’
4 C1-C4 70’
C. Lighting Methodology: There are two methods that will be considered for calcula-
tion of the lighting designs for this project. The approved Lighting Method #1, auto-
mated timed power adjustments, as described in C.1 utilizes methodology that ad-
justs light levels through a series of programmed adjustments. The alternate Lighting
Method #2, continuous depreciating light, as described in C.2 uses continuous lamp
lumen depreciation which is recovered by relamping and cleaning lenses of the lumi-
naires. Computer models shall reflect initial design lumens, end of life design lu-
mens, recoverable light loss factor (RLLF), and the Coefficient Utilization (CU) for the
design. Both methods must be at or above target illumination levels throughout the
25 years of the contract/warranty provided by the manufacturer. A +/- 10% de-
sign/testing allowance is not permitted in the design logic.
1. Lighting Method #1: Automated Timed Power Adjustments:
a. The lighting system shall use automated timed power adjustments to achieve
a lumen maintenance control strategy as described in the IESNA Lighting
Handbook 10th Edition, Lighting Controls Section page 16-8: "Lumen
maintenance involves adjusting lamp output over time to maintain constant
light output as lamps age and dirt accumulation reduces luminaire output.
With lumen maintenance control, either lamps are dimmed when new, or the
lamp's current is increased as the system ages."
b. Manufacturers bidding an automated timed power adjustment system must
provide an independent test report certifying the system meets the lumen
maintenance control strategy above and verifying the field performance of the
system for the duration of the useful life of the lamp based on lamp replace-
ment hours. Report shall be signed by a licensed professional engineer with
outdoor lighting experience. If report is not provided at least 10 days prior to
bid opening, the manufacturer shall provide the initial and maintained designs
called for in this specification under Lighting Method #2: Alternate Manufac-
turers, section 1.2.C.2.
c. Project References: Manufacturers bidding any form of Automated Timed
Power Adjustment light system must provide a minimum of 10 project refer-
ences within the state of CO that have been completed within the last 12
months utilizing this exact technology. Manufacturer will include project
Southeast Community Park 95% Construction Documents
City of Fort Collins Park Planning February 9, 2016
Sports Lighting Design #123350D.1
26 56 68 - 3
name, project city, and if requested, contact name and contact phone number
for each reference.
Area of Light-
ing
Average Target
Illumination
Levels
Maximum to Min-
imum Uniformity
Ratio
Grid
Points
Grid Spac-
ing
Baseball 1 50-30FC 2:1 infield –
2.5:1 outfield 103 30’x30’
Baseball 2 50-30FC 2:1 infield –
2.5:1 outfield 103 30’x30’
2. Lighting Method #2 – Continuous Depreciating Light
a. The lighting system shall use continuous lamp lumen depreciation which is
recovered by relamping and cleaning lenses of the luminaires. Manufacturer
shall provide computer models for initial illumination level and target illumina-
tion levels on the field over 25 years. The specified maximum Recoverable
Light Loss Factor (RLLF) of .65 and maintenance/group relamping schedule
shall be provided in accordance with recommendations in the Leukos Ab-
stract Volume 6, Number 3, January 2010, page 183-201: “Light Loss Factors
for Sports Lighting”, and presented at the 2009 IESNA Annual Conference.
1500w Luminaire RLLF Requirements
b. Independent Test Report: If lamp replacement interval is greater than 3,000
hours for 1500 watt lamps, manufacturer shall supply an independent test re-
port with lumen depreciation over proposed lamp life, initial lumens, and end
of life lumens.
c. Based on anticipated hours of usage (300hours per year), Method #2 sys-
tems would require a minimum of 2 group lamp replacements over the 25
years.
Area of Lighting 25 Year Usage
Hours
25 Year Group
Relamps Required
Baseball 1 7500 2
Baseball 2 7500 2
Area of
Lighting
Average Initial
Illumination
Levels
Average Target
Illumination
Levels
Maximum to
Minimum Uni-
formity Ratio
Grid
Points
Grid Spac-
ing
Southeast Community Park 95% Construction Documents
City of Fort Collins Park Planning February 9, 2016
Sports Lighting Design #123350D.1
26 56 68 - 4
d. Revised Electrical Distribution: Manufacturer shall provide revised electrical
distribution plans to include changes to service entrance, panel, and wire siz-
ing if increased power is required which exceeds specified design loads.
e.
1.3 ENVIRONMENTAL LIGHT CONTROL
A. Spill Light Control: All luminaires shall utilize spill light and glare control devices in-
cluding, but not limited to, internal shields, louvers and external shields.
B. Spill Light Control: In accordance with Fort Collins lighting ordinance, maximum initial
horizontal illumination at the property line shall not exceed 0.5 footcandles. Footcan-
dle readings shall be taken at 30-foot intervals along the specified line. Illumination
level shall be measured in accordance with the IESNA LM-5-04 at the first 100 hours
of operation.
C. Photometric spill scans must be submitted indicating the amount of horizontal spill on
the property lines (see scans). These numbers must average below 0.5fc, 240 target
points are to be used for these calculations using a 30’ grid pattern.
1. Residential Property Line - These numbers must have a maximum individual
reading of 0.5fc 7.0fc (R 01) using a 30’ grid pattern.
2. Non-Residential Property Line - These numbers must have a maximum individual
reading of .9fc 11.0fc (R 01) using a 30’ grid pattern.
3. Photometric reports must be provided to demonstrate the capability of achieving
the following specified performance. Reports shall be certified by a qualified in-
dependent testing laboratory with a minimum of five years experience or by a
manufacturer’s laboratory with a current accreditation under the National Volun-
tary Laboratory Accreditation Program for Energy Efficient Lighting Products.
Reports will remain confidential and be returned to the manufacturer after the bid
is awarded.
1.4 LIFE CYCLE COSTS
Manufacturer shall submit 25-year life cycle cost calculation as outlined in the required
submittal information.
Lamp replacement schedule per charts below:
Lighting Method 1 Lamp Replacement Lighting Method 2 Lamp Replacement
5,000 hour intervals 3,000 hour intervals
PART 2 – PRODUCT
2.1 SPORTS LIGHTING SYSTEM CONSTRUCTION
A. Manufacturing Requirements: All components shall be designed and manufactured
as a system. All luminaires, wire harnesses, ballast and other enclosures shall be
factory assembled, aimed, wired and tested.
B. Durability: All exposed components shall be constructed of corrosion resistant mate-
rial and/or coated to help prevent corrosion. All exposed carbon steel shall be hot
Southeast Community Park 95% Construction Documents
City of Fort Collins Park Planning February 9, 2016
Sports Lighting Design #123350D.1
26 56 68 - 5
dip galvanized per ASTM A123. All exposed aluminum shall be powder coated with
high performance polyester or anodized. All exterior reflective inserts shall be ano-
dized, coated, and protected from direct environmental exposure to prevent reflec-
tive degradation or corrosion. All exposed hardware and fasteners shall be stainless
steel of 18-8 grade or better, passivated and coated with aluminum-based thermo-
setting epoxy resin for protection against corrosion and stress corrosion cracking.
Structural fasteners may be carbon steel and galvanized meeting ASTM A153 and
ISO/EN 1461 (for hot dipped galvanizing), or ASTM B695 (for mechanical galvaniz-
ing). All wiring shall be enclosed within the crossarms, pole, or electrical compo-
nents enclosure.
C. System Description: Lighting system shall consist of the following:
1. Galvanized steel poles and crossarm assembly. Alternate: Concrete pole with
a minimum of 8,000 psi and installed with concrete backfill will be an accepta-
ble alternative provided building code, wind speed and foundation designs per
specifications are adhered to.
2. Non-approved pole technology:
a. Square static cast concrete poles will not be accepted.
b. Direct bury steel poles which utilize the extended portion of the steel shaft
for their foundation will not be accepted due to potential for internal and ex-
ternal corrosive reaction to the soils and long term performance concerns.
3. Pre-stressed concrete base embedded in concrete backfill allowed to cure for
12-24 hours before pole stress is applied. Alternate may be an anchor bolt
foundation designed such that the steel pole and any exposed steel portion of
the foundation is located a minimum of 18 inches above final grade. The con-
crete for anchor bolt foundations shall be allowed to cure for a minimum of 28
days before the pole stress is applied unless shorter cure time approved by
structural engineer of record.
4. All luminaires shall be constructed with a die-cast aluminum housing or exter-
nal hail shroud to protect the luminaire reflector system.
5. Manufacturer will remote all ballasts and supporting electrical equipment in
aluminum enclosures mounted approximately 10 feet above grade. The enclo-
sures shall be touch-safe and include ballast, capacitor and fusing with indica-
tor lights on fuses to notify when a fuse is to be replaced for each luminaire.
Disconnect per circuit for each pole structure will be located in the enclosure.
Integral ballast fixtures will not be accepted.
6. Wire harness complete with an abrasion protection sleeve, strain relief and
plug-in connections for fast, trouble-free installation.
7. All luminaires, visors, and crossarm assemblies shall withstand 150 mph winds
and maintain luminaire aiming alignment
8. Control cabinet to provide remote on-off control and monitoring of the lighting
system. Cabinet shall be constructed of aluminum and be rated NEMA Type 4.
Communication method shall be provided by manufacturer. Cabinet shall con-
tain custom configured contactor modules for 30, 60, and 100 amps, labeled to
match field diagrams and electrical design. Manual off-on-auto selector switch-
es shall be provided.
9. Lightning Protection: Manufacturer shall provide integrated lightning grounding
via concrete encased electrode grounding system as defined by NFPA 780 and
be UL Listed per UL 96 and UL 96A. If grounding is not integrated into the
Southeast Community Park 95% Construction Documents
City of Fort Collins Park Planning February 9, 2016
Sports Lighting Design #123350D.1
26 56 68 - 6
structure, the manufacturer shall supply grounding electrodes, copper down
conductors, and exothermic weld kits. Electrodes and conductors shall be sized
as required by NFPA 780. The grounding electrode shall be minimum size of
5/8 inch diameter and 8 feet long, with a minimum of 10 feet embedment.
Grounding electrode shall be connected to the structure by a grounding elec-
trode conductor with a minimum size of 2 AWG for poles with 75 feet mounting
height or less, and 2/0 AWG for poles with more than 75 feet mounting height.
D. Safety: All system components shall be UL listed for the appropriate application.
2.2 ELECTRICAL
A. Electric Power Requirements for the Sports Lighting Equipment:
1. Electric power: 480 Volt, 3 Phase
2. Maximum total voltage drop: Voltage drop to the disconnect switch located on
the poles shall not exceed three (3) percent of the rated voltage.
B. Energy Consumption: The average kW consumption for the field lighting system
shall be 59.43 kW per field (R 01). The max kW consumption for the field lighting
system shall be 64.6 kW 129.2 kW (R 01) .
C. Revised Electrical Distribution: Manufacturer shall provide, at their cost, revised
electrical distribution plans to include changes to service entrance, panel, and wire
sizing if using Lighting Method 2.
2.3 STRUCTURAL PARAMETERS
A. Wind Loads: Wind loads shall be based on the 2012 International Building Code.
Wind loads to be calculated using ASCE 7-10, an ultimate design wind speed of 110
and exposure category C.
B. Pole Structural Design: The stress analysis and safety factor of the poles shall con-
form to 2009 AASHTO Standard Specification for Structural Supports for Highway
Signs, Luminaires, and Traffic Signals (LTS-5).
C. Foundation Design: The foundation design shall be based on soil parameters as
outlined in the geotechnical report.
2.4 CONTROL SYSTEM
A. Remote Lighting Control System: System shall allow owner and users with a securi-
ty code to schedule on/off system operation via a web site, phone, fax or email up to
ten years in advance. Manufacturer shall provide and maintain a two-way TCP/IP
communication link. Trained staff shall be available 24/7 to provide scheduling sup-
port and assist with reporting needs.
The owner may assign various security levels to schedulers by function and/or
fields. This function must be flexible to allow a range of privileges such as full
scheduling capabilities for all fields to only having permission to execute “early off”
commands by phone. Scheduling tool shall be capable of setting curfew limits.
Southeast Community Park 95% Construction Documents
City of Fort Collins Park Planning February 9, 2016
Sports Lighting Design #123350D.1
26 56 68 - 7
Controller shall accept and store 7-day schedules, be protected against memory
loss during power outages, and shall reboot once power is regained and execute
any commands that would have occurred during outage.
B. Remote Monitoring System: System shall monitor lighting performance and notify
manufacturer if individual luminaire outage is detected so that appropriate mainte-
nance can be scheduled. The controller shall determine switch position (manual or
auto) and contactor status (open or closed).
C. Management Tools: Manufacturer shall provide a web-based database and dash-
board tool of actual field usage and provide reports by facility and user group.
Dashboard shall also show current status of lamp outages, control operation and
service scheduling including relamping operations completed and scheduled. Mo-
bile application will be provided suitable for IOS, Android and Blackberry devices.
Hours of Usage: Manufacturer shall provide a means of tracking actual hours of us-
age for the field lighting system that is readily accessible to the owner.
1. Cumulative hours: shall be tracked to show the total hours used by the facility
2. Current lamp hours: shall be tracked separately to reflect the amount of hours
on the current set of lamps being used, so relamping can be scheduled accu-
rately.
3. Report hours saved by using early off and push buttons by users.
D. Communication Costs: Manufacturer shall include communication costs for operat-
ing the controls and monitoring system for a period of 25 years.
PART 3 – EXECUTION
3.1 SOIL QUALITY CONTROL
A. It shall be the Contractor’s responsibility to notify the Owner if soil conditions exist
other than those on which the foundation design is based, or if the soil cannot be
readily excavated. Contractor may issue a change order request / estimate for the
Owner’s approval / payment for additional costs associated with:
1. Providing engineered foundation embedment design by a registered engineer in
the State of Colorado for soils other than specified soil conditions;
2. Additional materials required to achieve alternate foundation;
3. Excavation and removal of materials other than normal soils, such as rock, cali-
che, etc.
3.2 DELIVERY TIMING
Delivery Timing Equipment On-Site: The equipment must be on-site 4-6 weeks from re-
ceipt of approved submittals and receipt of complete order information.
3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Illumination Measurements: Upon substantial completion of the project and in the
presence of the Contractor, Project Engineer, Owner's Representative, and Manu-
Southeast Community Park 95% Construction Documents
City of Fort Collins Park Planning February 9, 2016
Sports Lighting Design #123350D.1
26 56 68 - 8
facturer's Representative, illumination measurements shall be taken and verified.
The illumination measurements shall be conducted in accordance with IESNA LM-5-
04. For Lighting Method 1, Timed Power Adjustment systems, light levels must be
measured and exceed the specified target levels. For Lighting Method 2, light levels
must be measured and meet the specified initial light levels.
B. Field Light Level Accountability
1. Light levels are guaranteed not to fall below the target maintained light levels for
the entire warranty period of 25 Years.
2. Manufacturer/Contractor shall provide to the owner as part of the bid package a
new light meter that will be utilized both for initial light level testing and annual
testing of the system. Initial light test certification at project completion shall be
conducted by a third party State of Colorado Electrical Engineer (P.E.). Light
meter specification shall be Gossen Mavloux 5032B or 5032C and shall be new
and calibrated at time of delivery.
3. The contractor/manufacturer shall be responsible for an additional inspection one
year from the date of commissioning of the lighting system and will utilize the
owner’s light meter in the presence of the owner.
4. The contractor/manufacturer will be held responsible for any and all changes
needed to bring these fields back to compliance for light levels and uniformities.
Contractor/Manufacturer will be held responsible for any damage to the fields
during these repairs.
C. Correcting Non-Conformance: If, in the opinion of the Owner or his appointed Rep-
resentative, the actual performance levels including illumination levels, uniformity ra-
tios, and maximum energy consumption do not conform to the requirements of the
performance specifications and submitted information, the manufacturer shall be li-
able to any or all of the following:
1. Manufacturer shall at his expense provide and install any necessary additional
luminaires to meet the minimum lighting standards. The Manufacturer shall also
either replace the existing poles to meet the new wind load (EPA) requirements
or verify by certification by a licensed structural engineer that the existing poles
will withstand the additional wind load.
2. Manufacturer shall minimize the Owner's additional long term luminaire mainte-
nance and energy consumption costs created by the additional luminaires by re-
imbursing the Owner the amount of $1,000.00 (one thousand dollars) for each
additional luminaire required.
3. Manufacturer shall remove the entire unacceptable lighting system and install a
new lighting system to meet the specifications
3.4 25-YEAR WARRANTY
A. Each manufacturer shall supply a signed warranty covering the entire system for 25
years OR for the maximum hours of coverage based on the estimated annual us-
age, whichever occurs first. Warranty shall guarantee light levels will not fall below
target maintained levels. A +/- 10% design/testing allowance will not be allowed.
Warranty shall also cover: lamp replacements, system energy consumption, moni-
toring, maintenance and control services, spill light control, and structural integrity.
Manufacturer shall maintain specifically-funded financial reserves to assure fulfill-
ment of the warranty for the full term. Warranty may exclude fuses, storm damage,
vandalism, abuse and unauthorized repairs or alterations.
Southeast Community Park 95% Construction Documents
City of Fort Collins Park Planning February 9, 2016
Sports Lighting Design #123350D.1
26 56 68 - 9
B. Group lamp replacements for Method 1 systems (Time Powered Adjustment) must
occur at end of useful life of lamp as stated by manufacturer. Group lamp replace-
ments for Method 2 systems (Continuous Depreciating Light) must relamp every
3000 hours.
C. Maintenance: Manufacturer shall monitor the performance of the lighting system, in-
cluding on/off status, hours of usage and lamp outage for 25 years from the date of
equipment shipment. Individual lamp outages shall be repaired when the usage of
any field is materially impacted. Owner agrees to check fuses in the event of a lumi-
naire outage.
PART 4 – DESIGN APPROVAL
4.0 PRE-BID SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS
A. Design Approval: The owner / engineer will review pre-bid submittals per section
4.0.B from all the manufacturers to ensure compliance to the specification 10 days
prior to bid. If the design meets the design requirements of the specifications, a let-
ter and/or addendum will be issued to the manufacturer indicating approval for the
specific design submitted.
B. Listed Manufacturers:
1. Method 1: Time Powered Adjustment Technology - Musco’s Green Generation
Lighting® sports lighting system is the listed “Lighting Method 1” product.
2. Method 2: Continuous Depreciating Light – No Pre-approved Method 2
Manufacturers.
C. Any non pre-approved manufacturers bidding this project will need to submit all of
the information at the end of this section at least 10 days prior to bid. Upon approv-
al, an addendum will be issued prior to bid; listing approved lighting manufacturers
and the design method to be used.
D. Bidders are required to bid only products that have been approved by this specifica-
tion or addendum by the owner or owner’s representative. Bids received that do not
utilize an approved system/design, will be rejected.
Southeast Community Park 95% Construction Documents
City of Fort Collins Park Planning February 9, 2016
Sports Lighting Design #123350D.1
26 56 68 - 10
REQUIRED SUBMITTAL INFORMATION FOR ALL MANUFACTURERS 10 DAYS PRIOR TO
BID
All items listed below are mandatory, shall comply with the specification and be submitted according to
pre-bid submittal requirements. Complete the Yes/No column to indicate compliance (Y) or noncompli-
ance (N) for each item. Submit checklist below with submittal.
Submitting as: Lighting Method 1 Lighting Method 2
Yes/
No Tab Item Description
A Letter/
Checklist
Listing of all information being submitted must be included on the table of contents.
List the name of the manufacturer’s local representative and his/her phone num-
ber. Signed submittal checklist to be included.
B
Equipment
Layout Drawing(s) showing field layouts with pole locations
C
On Field
Lighting
Design
Lighting design drawing(s) showing:
a. Field Name, date, file number, prepared by
b. Outline of field(s) being lighted, as well as pole locations referenced to the cen-
ter of the field (x & y), Illuminance levels at grid spacing specified
c. Pole height, number of fixtures per pole, as well as luminaire information in-
cluding wattage, lumens and optics
d. Height of light test meter above field surface.
e. Summary table showing the number and spacing of grid points; average, mini-
mum and maximum illuminance levels in foot candles (fc); uniformity including
maximum to minimum ratio, coefficient of variance (CV), coefficient of utiliza-
tion (CU) uniformity gradient; number of luminaries, total kilowatts, average tilt
factor; light loss factor.
f. Manufacturer’s using Lighting Method 2 shall provide both initial and main-
tained light scans using a maximum recoverable right loss factor (RLLF) as
specified in section 1.2.C.2 and shall be shown on lighting design.
D
Off Field
Lighting
Design
Lighting design drawing showing initial spill light levels along the boundary line (de-
fined on bid drawings) in footcandles. Light levels shall be taken at 30-foot intervals
along the boundary line. Readings shall be taken with the meter orientation at both
horizontal and aimed towards the most intense bank of lights.
E
Perfor-
mance
Guarantee
Provide performance guarantee including a written commitment to undertake all
corrections required to meet the performance requirements noted in these specifi-
cations at no expense to the owner. Light levels must be guaranteed to not fall
below target levels for warranty period.
F Structural
Calculations
Pole structural calculations and foundation design showing foundation shape,
depth backfill requirements, rebar and anchor bolts (if required). Pole base reaction
forces shall be shown on the foundation drawing along with soil bearing pressures.
Southeast Community Park 95% Construction Documents
City of Fort Collins Park Planning February 9, 2016
Sports Lighting Design #123350D.1
26 56 68 - 11
(10) references of customers currently under specified warranty in the state of Col-
orado.
J
Independent
Testing Re-
port
a. Lighting Method 1 is to provide an independent test report certifying the system
meets the lumen maintenance control strategy defined in Section 1.2.C.1.a,
verifying the field performance of the system for the duration of the useful life of
the lamp based on lamp replacement hours. Report shall be signed by a li-
censed professional engineer with outdoor lighting experience.
b. If Manufacturer using Lighting Method 2 desires to provide a recoverable light
loss factor other than specified in section 1.2.C.2, Independent field test report
from licensed professional engineer will be required to substantiate the ability
to maintain light levels in accordance with section 1.7-A of the specification.
Both initial and maintained light scans must still be provided. Independent En-
gineer conducting the report must have no affiliation with the manufacturer and
report must be based on actual testing data. Testing must be done on the sys-
tem as a whole, not on individual components.
K Project Ref-
erences
Manufacturer to provide a list of 10projects where the technology and specific fix-
ture proposed for this project has been installed in the state of Colorado. Refer-
ence list will include project name, project city, installation date, and if requested,
contact name and contact phone number. Manufacturer bidding Lighting Method 2
must supply independent test report if lamp life relamping projection is greater than
3000 hours.
L
Product In-
formation
Complete bill of material and current brochures/cut sheets for all product being
provided.
M
Non-
Compliance
Manufacturer shall list all items that do not comply with the specifications. If in full
compliance, tab may be omitted.
N
Life-cycle
Cost Calcu-
lation
Document life-cycle cost calculations as defined in the specification. Identify en-
ergy costs for operating the luminaires. Maintenance cost for the system including
spot lamp replacement and group relamping costs must be included in the warran-
ty. All costs should be based on 25 Years. (complete table below)
Lighting
Method 1
Lighting
Method 2
a.
Luminaire energy consumption
<Enter, F11> luminaires x <Enter, F11> kW demand per luminaire x
<Enter, F11> kWh rate x <Enter, F11> annual usage hours x 25 years
<Enter,
F11>
<Enter,
Southeast Community Park 95% Construction Documents
City of Fort Collins Park Planning February 9, 2016
Sports Lighting Design #123350D.1
26 56 68 - 12
Contact Name: ____________________________________ Date: ______/______/_____
Contractor: _______________________________________ Signature:
_______________________________
F. Work covered by this section of the specifications shall conform to the contract doc-
uments, engineering plans as well as state and local codes.
G. The purpose of these specifications is to define the performance and design stand-
ards for Southeast Community Park. The manufacturer/contractor shall supply light-
ing equipment to meet or exceed the standards set forth in these specifications.
H. The sports lighting will be for the following venues:
1. Baseball Field 1
2. Baseball Field 2
I. The primary goals of this sports lighting project are:
1. Guaranteed Light Levels: Selection of appropriate light levels impact the safety of
the players and the enjoyment of spectators. Therefore light levels are guaran-
teed to not drop below specified target values for a period of 25 years.
5. Life-cycle Cost: In order to reduce the operating budget, the preferred lighting
system shall be energy efficient and cost effective to operate. All maintenance
costs shall be eliminated.
6. Control and Monitoring: To allow for optimized use of labor resources and avoid
unneeded operation of the facility, customer requires a remote on/off control sys-
tem for the lighting system. Fields should be proactively monitored to detect lu-
minaire outages over a 25-year life cycle. All communication and monitoring
costs for 25-year period shall be included in the bid.
7. Environmental Light Control: It is the primary goal of this project to minimize spill
light to adjoining properties and glare to the players and spectators.
J. All lighting designs shall comply with all Fort Collins city ordinance.
2.2 LIGHTING PERFORMANCE
D. Performance Requirements: Playing surfaces shall be lit to an average target illu-
mination level and uniformity as specified in the chart below. Lighting calculations
shall be developed and field measurements taken on the grid spacing with the mini-
mum number of grid points specified below. Average illumination level shall be
measured in accordance with the IESNA LM-5-04 (IESNA Guide for Photometric
Measurements of Area and Sports Lighting Installations). Illumination levels shall not
to drop below desired target values in accordance to IES RP-6-01, Page 5, Main-
tained Average Illuminance and shall be guaranteed for the full warranty period.
Hours of usage shall comply with the following:
Area of Lighting Annual Usage 25 Year Usage
Southeast Community Park 95% Construction Documents
City of Fort Collins Park Planning February 9, 2016
Sports Lighting Design #123350D.1
26 56 68 - 13
Hours Hours
Baseball Field 1 300 7,500
Baseball Field 2 300 7,500
E. Mounting Heights: To ensure proper aiming angles for reduced glare and to provide
better playability, minimum mounting heights shall be <Enter Mounting Height, F11>.
Higher mounting heights may be required based on photometric report and ability to
ensure the top of the field angle is a minimum of 10 degrees below horizontal.
# of Poles Pole Designa-
tion
Pole Height
4 A1-A4 70’
4 B1-B4 70’
4 C1-C4 70’
F. Lighting Methodology: There are two methods that will be considered for calcula-
tion of the lighting designs for this project. The approved Lighting Method #1, auto-
mated timed power adjustments, as described in C.1 utilizes methodology that ad-
justs light levels through a series of programmed adjustments. The alternate Lighting
Method #2, continuous depreciating light, as described in C.2 uses continuous lamp
lumen depreciation which is recovered by relamping and cleaning lenses of the lumi-
naires. Computer models shall reflect initial design lumens, end of life design lu-
mens, recoverable light loss factor (RLLF), and the Coefficient Utilization (CU) for the
design. Both methods must be at or above target illumination levels throughout the
25 years of the contract/warranty provided by the manufacturer. A +/- 10% de-
sign/testing allowance is not permitted in the design logic.
1. Lighting Method #1: Automated Timed Power Adjustments:
a. The lighting system shall use automated timed power adjustments to achieve
a lumen maintenance control strategy as described in the IESNA Lighting
Handbook 10th Edition, Lighting Controls Section page 16-8: "Lumen
maintenance involves adjusting lamp output over time to maintain constant
light output as lamps age and dirt accumulation reduces luminaire output.
With lumen maintenance control, either lamps are dimmed when new, or the
lamp's current is increased as the system ages."
b. Manufacturers bidding an automated timed power adjustment system must
provide an independent test report certifying the system meets the lumen
maintenance control strategy above and verifying the field performance of the
system for the duration of the useful life of the lamp based on lamp replace-
ment hours. Report shall be signed by a licensed professional engineer with
outdoor lighting experience. If report is not provided at least 10 days prior to
bid opening, the manufacturer shall provide the initial and maintained designs
called for in this specification under Lighting Method #2: Alternate Manufac-
turers, section 1.2.C.2.
c. Project References: Manufacturers bidding any form of Automated Timed
Power Adjustment light system must provide a minimum of 10 project refer-
ences within the state of CO that have been completed within the last 12
months utilizing this exact technology. Manufacturer will include project
name, project city, and if requested, contact name and contact phone number
for each reference.
Southeast Community Park 95% Construction Documents
City of Fort Collins Park Planning February 9, 2016
Sports Lighting Design #123350D.1
26 56 68 - 14
Area of Light-
ing
Average Target
Illumination
Levels
Maximum to Min-
imum Uniformity
Ratio
Grid
Points
Grid Spac-
ing
Baseball 1 50-30FC 2:1 infield –
2.5:1 outfield 103 30’x30’
Baseball 2 50-30FC 2:1 infield –
2.5:1 outfield 103 30’x30’
2. Lighting Method #2 – Continuous Depreciating Light
a. The lighting system shall use continuous lamp lumen depreciation which is
recovered by relamping and cleaning lenses of the luminaires. Manufacturer
shall provide computer models for initial illumination level and target illumina-
tion levels on the field over 25 years. The specified maximum Recoverable
Light Loss Factor (RLLF) of .65 and maintenance/group relamping schedule
shall be provided in accordance with recommendations in the Leukos Ab-
stract Volume 6, Number 3, January 2010, page 183-201: “Light Loss Factors
for Sports Lighting”, and presented at the 2009 IESNA Annual Conference.
1500w Luminaire RLLF Requirements
b. Independent Test Report: If lamp replacement interval is greater than 3,000
hours for 1500 watt lamps, manufacturer shall supply an independent test re-
port with lumen depreciation over proposed lamp life, initial lumens, and end
of life lumens.
c. Based on anticipated hours of usage (300hours per year), Method #2 sys-
tems would require a minimum of 3 group lamp replacements over the 25
years.
Area of Lighting 25 Year Usage
Hours
25 Year Group
Relamps Required
Baseball 1 7500 2
Baseball 2 7500 2
Area of
Lighting
Average Initial
Illumination
Levels
Average Target
Illumination
Levels
Maximum to
Minimum Uni-
formity Ratio
Grid
Points
Grid Spac-
ing
Baseball 1 76-46 FC 50FC infield –
30 FC outfield
Southeast Community Park 95% Construction Documents
City of Fort Collins Park Planning February 9, 2016
Sports Lighting Design #123350D.1
26 56 68 - 15
d. Revised Electrical Distribution: Manufacturer shall provide revised electrical
distribution plans to include changes to service entrance, panel, and wire siz-
ing if increased power is required which exceeds specified design loads.
1.5 ENVIRONMENTAL LIGHT CONTROL
D. Spill Light Control: All luminaires shall utilize spill light and glare control devices in-
cluding, but not limited to, internal shields, louvers and external shields.
E. Spill Light Control: In accordance with Fort Collins lighting ordinance, maximum initial
horizontal illumination at the property line shall not exceed 0.5 footcandles. Footcan-
dle readings shall be taken at 30-foot intervals along the specified line. Illumination
level shall be measured in accordance with the IESNA LM-5-04 at the first 100 hours
of operation.
F. Photometric spill scans must be submitted indicating the amount of horizontal spill on
the property lines (see scans). These numbers must average below 0.5fc, 240 target
points are to be used for these calculations using a 30’ grid pattern.
1. Residential Property Line - These numbers must have a maximum individual
reading of 0.5fc using a 30’ grid pattern.
2. Non-Residential Property Line - These numbers must have a maximum individual
reading of 0.9fc using a 30’ grid pattern.
3. Photometric reports must be provided to demonstrate the capability of achieving
the following specified performance. Reports shall be certified by a qualified in-
dependent testing laboratory with a minimum of five years experience or by a
manufacturer’s laboratory with a current accreditation under the National Volun-
tary Laboratory Accreditation Program for Energy Efficient Lighting Products.
Reports will remain confidential and be returned to the manufacturer after the bid
is awarded.
1.6 LIFE CYCLE COSTS
Manufacturer shall submit 25-year life cycle cost calculation as outlined in the required
submittal information.
Lamp replacement schedule per charts below:
Lighting Method 1 Lamp Replacement Lighting Method 2 Lamp Replacement
5,000 hour intervals 3,000 hour intervals
PART 2 – PRODUCT
2.5 SPORTS LIGHTING SYSTEM CONSTRUCTION
A. Manufacturing Requirements: All components shall be designed and manufactured
as a system. All luminaires, wire harnesses, ballast and other enclosures shall be
factory assembled, aimed, wired and tested.
B. Durability: All exposed components shall be constructed of corrosion resistant mate-
rial and/or coated to help prevent corrosion. All exposed carbon steel shall be hot
Southeast Community Park 95% Construction Documents
City of Fort Collins Park Planning February 9, 2016
Sports Lighting Design #123350D.1
26 56 68 - 16
dip galvanized per ASTM A123. All exposed aluminum shall be powder coated with
high performance polyester or anodized. All exterior reflective inserts shall be ano-
dized, coated, and protected from direct environmental exposure to prevent reflec-
tive degradation or corrosion. All exposed hardware and fasteners shall be stainless
steel of 18-8 grade or better, passivated and coated with aluminum-based thermo-
setting epoxy resin for protection against corrosion and stress corrosion cracking.
Structural fasteners may be carbon steel and galvanized meeting ASTM A153 and
ISO/EN 1461 (for hot dipped galvanizing), or ASTM B695 (for mechanical galvaniz-
ing). All wiring shall be enclosed within the crossarms, pole, or electrical compo-
nents enclosure.
C. System Description: Lighting system shall consist of the following:
1. Galvanized steel poles and crossarm assembly. Alternate: Concrete pole with
a minimum of 8,000 psi and installed with concrete backfill will be an accepta-
ble alternative provided building code, wind speed and foundation designs per
specifications are adhered to.
2. Non-approved pole technology:
a. Square static cast concrete poles will not be accepted.
b. Direct bury steel poles which utilize the extended portion of the steel shaft
for their foundation will not be accepted due to potential for internal and ex-
ternal corrosive reaction to the soils and long term performance concerns.
3. Pre-stressed concrete base embedded in concrete backfill allowed to cure for
12-24 hours before pole stress is applied. Alternate may be an anchor bolt
foundation designed such that the steel pole and any exposed steel portion of
the foundation is located a minimum of 18 inches above final grade. The con-
crete for anchor bolt foundations shall be allowed to cure for a minimum of 28
days before the pole stress is applied unless shorter cure time approved by
structural engineer of record.
4. All luminaires shall be constructed with a die-cast aluminum housing or exter-
nal hail shroud to protect the luminaire reflector system.
5. Manufacturer will remote all ballasts and supporting electrical equipment in
aluminum enclosures mounted approximately 10 feet above grade. The enclo-
sures shall be touch-safe and include ballast, capacitor and fusing with indica-
tor lights on fuses to notify when a fuse is to be replaced for each luminaire.
Disconnect per circuit for each pole structure will be located in the enclosure.
Integral ballast fixtures will not be accepted.
6. Wire harness complete with an abrasion protection sleeve, strain relief and
plug-in connections for fast, trouble-free installation.
7. All luminaires, visors, and crossarm assemblies shall withstand 150 mph winds
and maintain luminaire aiming alignment
8. Control cabinet to provide remote on-off control and monitoring of the lighting
system. Cabinet shall be constructed of aluminum and be rated NEMA Type 4.
Communication method shall be provided by manufacturer. Cabinet shall con-
tain custom configured contactor modules for 30, 60, and 100 amps, labeled to
match field diagrams and electrical design. Manual off-on-auto selector switch-
es shall be provided.
9. Lightning Protection: Manufacturer shall provide integrated lightning grounding
via concrete encased electrode grounding system as defined by NFPA 780 and
be UL Listed per UL 96 and UL 96A. If grounding is not integrated into the
Southeast Community Park 95% Construction Documents
City of Fort Collins Park Planning February 9, 2016
Sports Lighting Design #123350D.1
26 56 68 - 17
structure, the manufacturer shall supply grounding electrodes, copper down
conductors, and exothermic weld kits. Electrodes and conductors shall be sized
as required by NFPA 780. The grounding electrode shall be minimum size of
5/8 inch diameter and 8 feet long, with a minimum of 10 feet embedment.
Grounding electrode shall be connected to the structure by a grounding elec-
trode conductor with a minimum size of 2 AWG for poles with 75 feet mounting
height or less, and 2/0 AWG for poles with more than 75 feet mounting height.
D. Safety: All system components shall be UL listed for the appropriate application.
2.6 ELECTRICAL
A. Electric Power Requirements for the Sports Lighting Equipment:
1. Electric power: 480 Volt, 3 Phase
2. Maximum total voltage drop: Voltage drop to the disconnect switch located on
the poles shall not exceed three (3) percent of the rated voltage.
B. Energy Consumption: The average kW consumption for the field lighting system
shall be 59.43 kW. The max kW consumption for the field lighting system shall be
64.6 kW.
C. Revised Electrical Distribution: Manufacturer shall provide, at their cost, revised
electrical distribution plans to include changes to service entrance, panel, and wire
sizing if using Lighting Method 2.
2.7 STRUCTURAL PARAMETERS
A. Wind Loads: Wind loads shall be based on the 2012 International Building Code.
Wind loads to be calculated using ASCE 7-10, an ultimate design wind speed of 110
and exposure category C.
B. Pole Structural Design: The stress analysis and safety factor of the poles shall con-
form to 2009 AASHTO Standard Specification for Structural Supports for Highway
Signs, Luminaires, and Traffic Signals (LTS-5).
C. Foundation Design: The foundation design shall be based on soil parameters as
outlined in the geotechnical report.
2.8 CONTROL SYSTEM
A. Remote Lighting Control System: System shall allow owner and users with a securi-
ty code to schedule on/off system operation via a web site, phone, fax or email up to
ten years in advance. Manufacturer shall provide and maintain a two-way TCP/IP
communication link. Trained staff shall be available 24/7 to provide scheduling sup-
port and assist with reporting needs.
The owner may assign various security levels to schedulers by function and/or
fields. This function must be flexible to allow a range of privileges such as full
scheduling capabilities for all fields to only having permission to execute “early off”
commands by phone. Scheduling tool shall be capable of setting curfew limits.
Southeast Community Park 95% Construction Documents
City of Fort Collins Park Planning February 9, 2016
Sports Lighting Design #123350D.1
26 56 68 - 18
Controller shall accept and store 7-day schedules, be protected against memory
loss during power outages, and shall reboot once power is regained and execute
any commands that would have occurred during outage.
B. Remote Monitoring System: System shall monitor lighting performance and notify
manufacturer if individual luminaire outage is detected so that appropriate mainte-
nance can be scheduled. The controller shall determine switch position (manual or
auto) and contactor status (open or closed).
C. Management Tools: Manufacturer shall provide a web-based database and dash-
board tool of actual field usage and provide reports by facility and user group.
Dashboard shall also show current status of lamp outages, control operation and
service scheduling including relamping operations completed and scheduled. Mo-
bile application will be provided suitable for IOS, Android and Blackberry devices.
Hours of Usage: Manufacturer shall provide a means of tracking actual hours of us-
age for the field lighting system that is readily accessible to the owner.
1. Cumulative hours: shall be tracked to show the total hours used by the facility
2. Current lamp hours: shall be tracked separately to reflect the amount of hours
on the current set of lamps being used, so relamping can be scheduled accu-
rately.
3. Report hours saved by using early off and push buttons by users.
D. Communication Costs: Manufacturer shall include communication costs for operat-
ing the controls and monitoring system for a period of 25 years.
PART 3 – EXECUTION
3.5 SOIL QUALITY CONTROL
B. It shall be the Contractor’s responsibility to notify the Owner if soil conditions exist
other than those on which the foundation design is based, or if the soil cannot be
readily excavated. Contractor may issue a change order request / estimate for the
Owner’s approval / payment for additional costs associated with:
4. Providing engineered foundation embedment design by a registered engineer in
the State of Colorado for soils other than specified soil conditions;
5. Additional materials required to achieve alternate foundation;
6. Excavation and removal of materials other than normal soils, such as rock, cali-
che, etc.
3.6 DELIVERY TIMING
Delivery Timing Equipment On-Site: The equipment must be on-site 4-6 weeks from re-
ceipt of approved submittals and receipt of complete order information.
3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
D. Illumination Measurements: Upon substantial completion of the project and in the
presence of the Contractor, Project Engineer, Owner's Representative, and Manu-
Southeast Community Park 95% Construction Documents
City of Fort Collins Park Planning February 9, 2016
Sports Lighting Design #123350D.1
26 56 68 - 19
facturer's Representative, illumination measurements shall be taken and verified.
The illumination measurements shall be conducted in accordance with IESNA LM-5-
04. For Lighting Method 1, Timed Power Adjustment systems, light levels must be
measured and exceed the specified target levels. For Lighting Method 2, light levels
must be measured and meet the specified initial light levels.
E. Field Light Level Accountability
1. Light levels are guaranteed not to fall below the target maintained light levels for
the entire warranty period of 25 Years.
2. Manufacturer/Contractor shall provide to the owner as part of the bid package a
new light meter that will be utilized both for initial light level testing and annual
testing of the system. Initial light test certification at project completion shall be
conducted by a third party State of Colorado Electrical Engineer (P.E.). Light
meter specification shall be Gossen Mavloux 5032B or 5032C and shall be new
and calibrated at time of delivery.
3. The contractor/manufacturer shall be responsible for an additional inspection one
year from the date of commissioning of the lighting system and will utilize the
owner’s light meter in the presence of the owner.
4. The contractor/manufacturer will be held responsible for any and all changes
needed to bring these fields back to compliance for light levels and uniformities.
Contractor/Manufacturer will be held responsible for any damage to the fields
during these repairs.
F. Correcting Non-Conformance: If, in the opinion of the Owner or his appointed Rep-
resentative, the actual performance levels including illumination levels, uniformity ra-
tios, and maximum energy consumption do not conform to the requirements of the
performance specifications and submitted information, the manufacturer shall be li-
able to any or all of the following:
1. Manufacturer shall at his expense provide and install any necessary additional
luminaires to meet the minimum lighting standards. The Manufacturer shall also
either replace the existing poles to meet the new wind load (EPA) requirements
or verify by certification by a licensed structural engineer that the existing poles
will withstand the additional wind load.
2. Manufacturer shall minimize the Owner's additional long term luminaire mainte-
nance and energy consumption costs created by the additional luminaires by re-
imbursing the Owner the amount of $1,000.00 (one thousand dollars) for each
additional luminaire required.
3. Manufacturer shall remove the entire unacceptable lighting system and install a
new lighting system to meet the specifications
3.8 25-YEAR WARRANTY
D. Each manufacturer shall supply a signed warranty covering the entire system for 25
years OR for the maximum hours of coverage based on the estimated annual us-
age, whichever occurs first. Warranty shall guarantee light levels will not fall below
target maintained levels. A +/- 10% design/testing allowance will not be allowed.
Warranty shall also cover: lamp replacements, system energy consumption, moni-
toring, maintenance and control services, spill light control, and structural integrity.
Manufacturer shall maintain specifically-funded financial reserves to assure fulfill-
ment of the warranty for the full term. Warranty may exclude fuses, storm damage,
vandalism, abuse and unauthorized repairs or alterations.
Southeast Community Park 95% Construction Documents
City of Fort Collins Park Planning February 9, 2016
Sports Lighting Design #123350D.1
26 56 68 - 20
E. Group lamp replacements for Method 1 systems (Time Powered Adjustment) must
occur at end of useful life of lamp as stated by manufacturer. Group lamp replace-
ments for Method 2 systems (Continuous Depreciating Light) must relamp every
3000 hours.
F. Maintenance: Manufacturer shall monitor the performance of the lighting system, in-
cluding on/off status, hours of usage and lamp outage for 25 years from the date of
equipment shipment. Individual lamp outages shall be repaired when the usage of
any field is materially impacted. Owner agrees to check fuses in the event of a lumi-
naire outage.
PART 4 – DESIGN APPROVAL
4.1 PRE-BID SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS
A. Design Approval: The owner / engineer will review pre-bid submittals per section
4.0.B from all the manufacturers to ensure compliance to the specification 10 days
prior to bid. If the design meets the design requirements of the specifications, a let-
ter and/or addendum will be issued to the manufacturer indicating approval for the
specific design submitted.
B. Listed Manufacturers:
1. Method 1: Time Powered Adjustment Technology - Musco’s Green Generation
Lighting® sports lighting system is the listed “Lighting Method 1” product.
2. Method 2: Continuous Depreciating Light – No pre-approved method 2 manufac-
tures.
C. Any non pre-approved manufactures bidding this project will need to submit all of the
information at the end of this section at least 10 days prior to bid. Upon approval, an
addendum will be issued.
D. Bidders are required to bid only products that have been approved by this specifica-
tion or addendum by the owner or owner’s representative. Bids received that do not
utilize an approved system/design, will be rejected.
Southeast Community Park 95% Construction Documents
City of Fort Collins Park Planning February 9, 2016
Sports Lighting Design #123350D.1
26 56 68 - 21
REQUIRED SUBMITTAL INFORMATION FOR ALL MANUFACTURERS 10 DAYS PRIOR TO
BID
All items listed below are mandatory, shall comply with the specification and be submitted according to
pre-bid submittal requirements. Complete the Yes/No column to indicate compliance (Y) or noncompli-
ance (N) for each item. Submit checklist below with submittal.
Submitting as: Lighting Method 1 Lighting Method 2
Yes/
No Tab Item Description
A Letter/
Checklist
Listing of all information being submitted must be included on the table of contents.
List the name of the manufacturer’s local representative and his/her phone num-
ber. Signed submittal checklist to be included.
B
Equipment
Layout Drawing(s) showing field layouts with pole locations
C
On Field
Lighting
Design
Lighting design drawing(s) showing:
g. Field Name, date, file number, prepared by
h. Outline of field(s) being lighted, as well as pole locations referenced to the cen-
ter of the field (x & y), Illuminance levels at grid spacing specified
i. Pole height, number of fixtures per pole, as well as luminaire information in-
cluding wattage, lumens and optics
j. Height of light test meter above field surface.
k. Summary table showing the number and spacing of grid points; average, mini-
mum and maximum illuminance levels in foot candles (fc); uniformity including
maximum to minimum ratio, coefficient of variance (CV), coefficient of utiliza-
tion (CU) uniformity gradient; number of luminaries, total kilowatts, average tilt
factor; light loss factor.
l. Manufacturer’s using Lighting Method 2 shall provide both initial and main-
tained light scans using a maximum recoverable right loss factor (RLLF) as
specified in section 1.2.C.2 and shall be shown on lighting design.
D
Off Field
Lighting
Design
Lighting design drawing showing initial spill light levels along the boundary line (de-
fined on bid drawings) in footcandles. Light levels shall be taken at 30-foot intervals
along the boundary line. Readings shall be taken with the meter orientation at both
horizontal and aimed towards the most intense bank of lights.
E
Perfor-
mance
Guarantee
Provide performance guarantee including a written commitment to undertake all
corrections required to meet the performance requirements noted in these specifi-
cations at no expense to the owner. Light levels must be guaranteed to not fall
below target levels for warranty period.
F Structural
Calculations
Pole structural calculations and foundation design showing foundation shape,
depth backfill requirements, rebar and anchor bolts (if required). Pole base reaction
forces shall be shown on the foundation drawing along with soil bearing pressures.
Southeast Community Park 95% Construction Documents
City of Fort Collins Park Planning February 9, 2016
Sports Lighting Design #123350D.1
26 56 68 - 22
(10) references of customers currently under specified warranty in the state of Col-
orado.
J
Independent
Testing Re-
port
c. Lighting Method 1 is to provide an independent test report certifying the system
meets the lumen maintenance control strategy defined in Section 1.2.C.1.a,
verifying the field performance of the system for the duration of the useful life of
the lamp based on lamp replacement hours. Report shall be signed by a li-
censed professional engineer with outdoor lighting experience.
d. If Manufacturer using Lighting Method 2 desires to provide a recoverable light
loss factor other than specified in section 1.2.C.2, Independent field test report
from licensed professional engineer will be required to substantiate the ability
to maintain light levels in accordance with section 1.7-A of the specification.
Both initial and maintained light scans must still be provided. Independent En-
gineer conducting the report must have no affiliation with the manufacturer and
report must be based on actual testing data. Testing must be done on the sys-
tem as a whole, not on individual components.
K Project Ref-
erences
Manufacturer to provide a list of 10projects where the technology and specific fix-
ture proposed for this project has been installed in the state of Colorado. Refer-
ence list will include project name, project city, installation date, and if requested,
contact name and contact phone number. Manufacturer bidding Lighting Method 2
must supply independent test report if lamp life relamping projection is greater than
3000 hours.
L
Product In-
formation
Complete bill of material and current brochures/cut sheets for all product being
provided.
M
Non-
Compliance
Manufacturer shall list all items that do not comply with the specifications. If in full
compliance, tab may be omitted.
N
Life-cycle
Cost Calcu-
lation
Document life-cycle cost calculations as defined in the specification. Identify en-
ergy costs for operating the luminaires. Maintenance cost for the system including
spot lamp replacement and group relamping costs must be included in the warran-
ty. All costs should be based on 25 Years. (complete table below)
Lighting
Method 1
Lighting
Method 2
a.
Luminaire energy consumption
<Enter, F11> luminaires x <Enter, F11> kW demand per luminaire x
<Enter, F11> kWh rate x <Enter, F11> annual usage hours x 25 years
<Enter,
F11>
<Enter,
Southeast Community Park 95% Construction Documents
City of Fort Collins Park Planning February 9, 2016
Sports Lighting Design #123350D.1
26 56 68 - 23
Contact Name: ____________________________________ Date: ______/______/_____
Contractor: _______________________________________ Signature:
_______________________________
PEDESTRIAN BRIDGE 321400 - 1
Southeast Community Park 02.09.2016
Civitas #2-13-0010
(Addendum 03, 0.22.2016)
SECTION 32 3400 PEDESTRIAN BRIDGE (A 03)
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SECTION INCLUDES
A. This section contains requirements for a fully engineered clear span bridge and shall be the
minimum standards for design and construction. Clear span length and width of the bridge shall
be as shown on the DRAWINGS.
1.2 RELATED SECTIONS
A. The following is a list of specifications which may be related to this section:
1.3 REFERENCES
A. The following is a list of standards which may be referenced in this section:
1. American Institute of Steel Construction (AISC).
2. ASTM International (ASTM):
a. A36/A36M, Standard Specification for Carbon Structural Steel.
b. A242, Standard Specification for High-Strength Low-Alloy Structural Steel.
c. A307, Standard Specification for Carbon Steel Bolts and Studs, 60,000 psi Tensile
Strength.
d. A325, Standard Specification for Structural Bolts, Steel, Heat Treated, 120/105 ksi
Minimum Tensile Strength.
e. A490, Standard Specification for Structural Bolts, Alloy Steel, Heat Treated, 150 ksi
Minimum Tensile Strength.
f. A588/A588M, Standard Specification for High-Strength Low-Alloy Structural Steel,
up to 50 ksi (345 MPa) Minimum Yield Point, with Atmospheric Corrosion Resistance.
Revised 08/2015 32 34 00 - 2
g. A606, Standard Specification for Steel, Sheet and Strip, High-Strength, Low-Alloy,
Hot-Rolled and Cold-Rolled, with Improved Atmospheric Corrosion Resistance.
3. American Wood Preservers’ Association (AWPA): P5, Standard for Waterborne
Preservatives.
4. American Welding Society (AWS): D1.1/D1.1M, Structural Welding Code – Steel. 5. The
Society for Protective Coatings (SSPC): SP6, Commercial Blast Cleaning.
6. Uniform Building Code (UBC).
7. West Coast Lumber Inspection Bureau (WCLIB).
1.4 SUBMITTALS
PEDESTRIAN BRIDGE 321400 - 2
Southeast Community Park 02.09.2016
Civitas #2-13-0010
A. Submit complete shop drawings to Owner for review.
B. Submit manufacturer’s certification of compliance with referenced standards.
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Bridge design shall be signed and sealed by a Registered Colorado Professional Engineer.
1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Coordinate delivery requirements with manufacturer.
B. Comply with manufacturer’s requirements for unloading, lifting and placement.
PART 2 - PRODUCT
2.1 SCOPE
A. These specifications are for a fully engineered clear span bridge(s) of steel construction and
shall be regarded as minimum standards for design and construction. These specifications are
based on products designed and manufactured by CONTECH Engineered Solutions, LLC
Continental Pedestrian Bridges.
2.2 QUALIFIED BIDDERS
Each bidder is required to identify their intended bridge supplier as part of the bid submittal.
Qualified suppliers must have at least 10 years of experience fabricating these type structures.
Pre-approved Manufacturers:
CONTECH Engineered Solutions, LLC
8301 State Highway 29 North 4021 Gault Avenue South
Alexandria, Minnesota 56308 Fort Payne, Alabama 35967
1-800-328-2047 1-800-749-7515
Suppliers other than those listed above may be used provided the engineer or owner's agent
evaluates the proposed supplier and approves the supplier.
The contractor must provide the following documentation, for any proposed supplier who is
not pre-approved:
1. Product Literature
2. All documentation to insure the proposed substitution will be in compliance with these
specifications. This shall include:
PEDESTRIAN BRIDGE 321400 - 3
Southeast Community Park 02.09.2016
Civitas #2-13-0010
- Representative design calculations
- Representative drawings
- Splicing and erection procedures
- Warranty information
- Inspection and Maintenance procedures
- AISC Shop Certification
- AWS Certified Fabricator Certification
- Welder Qualifications
- Evidence of 2 Certified Weld Inspectors (CWI’s) on staff
3. Proposed suppliers must have at least ten (10) years of experience designing and
fabricating these type of structures and a minimum of ten (10) successful bridge projects,
of similar construction, each of which has been in service at least seven (7) years. List
the location, bridge size, owner, and a contact for reference for each project.
4. The engineer will evaluate and verify the accuracy of the submittal prior to bid. If the
engineer determines that the qualifying criteria have not been met, the contractor's
proposed supplier shall be rejected. The engineer's ruling shall be final.
2.3 GENERAL FEATURES OF DESIGN
A. Span
1. Bridge span shall be 64'-11" (straight line dimension) and shall be as measured from each
end of the bridge structure (out to out dimension).
B. Width
1. Bridge width shall be 10’-0" clear and shall be as measured from the inside face of the
elements comprising the safety system or truss structural members (chords and verticals)
C. Bridge System Type
1. Bridge(s) shall be designed as a Continental Connector Truss (P1-SQ) (or equal), that has
one (1) diagonal per panel and plumb end vertical members. Interior vertical members
may be either plumb or perpendicular to the chord faces.
a. Bridge(s) shall be designed utilizing an underhung floor beam (top of floor beam
welded to the bottom of the bottom chord).
b. The bridge manufacturer shall determine the distance from the top of the deck to the
top and bottom truss members based upon structural and/or shipping requirements.
c. The top of the top chord shall not be less than 42 inches above the deck (measured
from the high point of the riding surface) on bike path structures.
D. Member Components
1. All members of the vertical trusses (top and bottom chords, verticals, and diagonals) shall
be fabricated from square and/or rectangular structural steel tubing. Other structural
members and bracing shall be fabricated from structural steel shapes or square and
rectangular structural steel tubing.
2. Unless the floor and fastenings are specifically designed to provide adequate lateral
support to the top flange of open shape stringers (w-shapes or channels), a minimum of
one stiffener shall be provided in each stringer at every floor beam location.
E. Attachments
PEDESTRIAN BRIDGE 321400 - 4
Southeast Community Park 02.09.2016
Civitas #2-13-0010
1. Safety Rails – Horizontal system
a. Horizontal safety rails shall be placed on the structure up to a minimum height of 3’-
6” above the deck surface. Safety rails shall be placed so as to prevent a 4” sphere
from passing through the truss. Safety rails shall be placed on the outside of the
structure at the bridge fabricator's option. Safety rails placed on the inside of the truss
shall have their ends sealed and ground smooth so as to produce no sharp edges.
b. The safety rail system shall be designed for an infill loading of 200 pounds, applied
horizontally at right angles, to a one square foot area at any point in the system.
2. Toe Plate
a. The bridge shall be supplied with a steel toe plate mounted to the inside face of both
trusses. The toe plate shall be a minimum of 4 inches high. Toe plating will be
welded to the truss members at a height adequate to provide a 2” gap between the
bottom of the plate and the top of the deck or the top of the bottom chord, whichever
is higher. The span of unstiffened flat toe plating (from center to center of supports)
shall not exceed 5’-8”.
3. Rub Rails
a. The bridge will be supplied with a 1"x 5-1/2" (actual size) naturally durable hardwood
Ipe (Tabebuia Spp Lapacho Group) rubrail. Rubrail shall be partially air dried to a
moisture content of 15% to 20%, shall be supplied S4S (surfaced four sides), E4E
(eased four edges), with the edges eased to a radius of 1/8”. Measured at 30%
moisture content, the width and thickness shall not vary from specified dimensions by
more than +/- 0.04 inches. Ends of each piece shall be sealed with “Anchorseal”
Mobil CER-M or an equal aquious wax log sealer.
b. Rubrails shall be attached flush to the inside face of the bridge truss verticals and
fastened with two carriage bolts at each support location. The span of the rubrail from
centerline to centerline of support shall not exceed 6’-6”.
c. The top of the rubrail shall be 3’-0” above the top of the deck (measured at the outside
edge of the deck).
F. Camber
1. The bridge shall have a vertical camber dimension at mid-span equal to 100% of the full
dead load deflection plus 1% of the full length of the bridge.
G. Elevation Difference
1. The bridge abutments shall be constructed at the same elevation on both ends of the
bridge
2.4 ENGINEERING
A. Design Loads
1. In considering design and fabrication issues, this structure shall be assumed to be
statically loaded. No dynamic analysis shall be required nor shall fabrication issues
typically considered for dynamically loaded structures be considered for this bridge.
a. Dead Load
1) The bridge structure shall be designed considering its own dead load
(superstructure and original decking) only. No additional dead loading need
be considered.
b. Uniform Live Load
PEDESTRIAN BRIDGE 321400 - 5
Southeast Community Park 02.09.2016
Civitas #2-13-0010
1) 3.1.2.1 Pedestrian Live Load
a) Main Members: Main supporting members, including girders, trusses
and arches shall be designed for a pedestrian live load of 85 pounds
per square foot of bridge walkway area. The pedestrian live load
shall be applied to those areas of the walkway so as to produce
maximum stress in the member being designed. If the bridge
walkway area to which the pedestrian live load is applied (deck
influence area) exceeds 400 square feet, the pedestrian live load may
be reduced by the following equation:
15 )]
85 [ 0 . 25
A I
w
Where w is the design pedestrian load (psf) and AI is the deck
influence area in square feet.
The reduced design live load shall not be less than 65 pounds per
square foot of bridge walkway area.
b) Secondary Members: Bridge decks and supporting floor systems,
including secondary stringers, floor beams and their connections to
main supporting members shall be designed for a live load of 85
pounds per square foot, with no reduction allowed.
c. Concentrated Loads
1) The bridge superstructure, floor system and decking shall be designed for
each of the following point load conditions:
a) A concentrated load of 1000 pounds placed on any area 2.5 ft x 2.5 ft
square.
b) A 1200 pound two wheel vehicle with a wheelbase and tire print area
as shown in the following diagram:
c) A 10,000 pound four wheeled vehicle with the appropriate wheelbase,
tire track and tire print area as shown in the following diagram: (See
Table I for the values corresponding to the selected vehicle.)
PEDESTRIAN BRIDGE 321400 - 6
Southeast Community Park 02.09.2016
Civitas #2-13-0010
Vehicle Axle and Wheel
Spacings
Front Wheels Rear Wheels
Weight
WB
T
PF L W PR L
W C*
4,000#
48"
32"
1,000# 2.0" 5.0" 1,000# 2.0"
5.0" 9"
6,000#
66"
48"
1,500# 2.5" 6.0" 1,500# 2.5"
6.0" 12"
8,000#
102"
60"
1,600# 3.0" 8.0" 2,400# 3.0"
8.0" 15"
10,000#
120"
72"
2,000# 3.5" 8.5" 3,000# 3.5"
8.5" 18"
(*C is the minimum dimension from center of wheel to the inside face of truss or curb. )
TABLE I
All of the concentrated or wheel loads shall be placed so as to produce the maximum
stress in each member being analyzed. Critical stresses need be calculated assuming
there is only one vehicle on the bridge at any given time. Assumptions that vehicles only
travel down the center of the bridge or that the vehicle load is a uniform line load will not
be allowed.
Each four wheeled vehicle load listed in Table I, up to and including the maximum
weight vehicle selected, must be used in determining critical deck stresses. The wheel
distribution for deck design shall be as specified in Section 4.3.1. Stringers shall be
designed for the applied wheel loads assuming no lateral load distribution to adjacent
stringers.
A vehicle impact allowance is not required.
B. Wind Load
PEDESTRIAN BRIDGE 321400 - 7
Southeast Community Park 02.09.2016
Civitas #2-13-0010
1. Horizontal Forces
a. The bridge(s) shall be designed for a wind load of 25 pounds per square foot on the
full vertical projected area of the bridge as if enclosed. The wind load shall be
applied horizontally at right angles to the longitudinal axis of the structure.
b. The wind loading shall be considered both in the design of the lateral load bracing
system and in the design of the truss vertical members, floor beams and their
connections.
2. Overturning Forces
a. The effect of forces tending to overturn structures shall be calculated assuming that
the wind direction is at right angles to the longitudinal axis of the structure. In
addition, an upward force shall be applied at the windward quarter point of the
transverse superstructure width. This force shall be 20 pounds per square foot of
deck.
3. Top Chord/Railing Loads
a. The top chord, truss verticals, and floor beams shall be designed for lateral wind loads
(per section 3.1.4.1) and for any loads required to provide top chord stability as
outlined in Section 3.3.6; however, in no case shall the load be less than 50 pounds
per lineal foot or a 200 pound point load, whichever produces greater stresses, applied
in any direction at any point along the top chord or at the top of the safety system (42"
or 54" above deck level), if higher than the top chord.
4. Load Combinations
a. The loads listed herein shall be considered to act in the following combinations,
whichever produce the most unfavorable effects on the bridge superstructure or
structural member concerned.
[DL=Dead Load; LL = Live Load; WL = Wind Load; VEH = Vehicle Load]
DL + LL
DL + VEH
DL+WL
DL+LL+WL
DL+VEH+.3WL
NOTE: Allowable stresses may be increased 1/3 above the values otherwise
provided when produced by wind loading, acting alone or in combination with the
design dead and live loads.
It shall be the responsibility of the foundation engineer to determine any additional
loads (i.e. earth pressure, stream force on abutments, wind loads other than those
applied perpendicular to the long axis of the bridge, etc.) and load combinations
required for design of the abutments.
C. Design Limitations
1. Deflection
a. Vertical Deflection
1) The vertical deflection of the main trusses due to service pedestrian live load
shall not exceed 1/400 of the span.
2) The vertical deflection of cantilever spans of the structure due to service
PEDESTRIAN BRIDGE 321400 - 8
Southeast Community Park 02.09.2016
Civitas #2-13-0010
pedestrian live load shall not exceed 1/300 of the cantilever arm length.
3) The deflection of the floor system members (floor beams and stringers) due
to service pedestrian live load shall not exceed 1/360 of their respective
spans.
4) The service pedestrian live load shall be 85 PSF, reduced in accordance with
Section 3.1.2.1, but should in no case be less than 65 PSF for deflection
checks.
5) Deflection limits due to occasional vehicular traffic shall not be considered.
b. Horizontal Deflection
1) The horizontal deflection of the structure due to lateral wind loads shall not
exceed 1/500 of the span under an 85 MPH (25 PSF) wind load.
2. Minimum Thickness of Metal
a. The minimum thickness of all structural steel members shall be 3/16" nominal and be
in accordance with the AISC Manual of Steel Constructions' "Standard Mill Practice
Guidelines". For ASTM A500 and ASTM A847 tubing, the section properties used
for design shall be per the Steel Tube Institute of North America's Hollow Structural
Sections "Dimensions and Section Properties".
D. Governing Design Codes / References
1. Structural members shall be designed in accordance with recognized engineering
practices and principles as follows:
a. Structural Steel Allowable Stresses
1) American Institute of Steel Construction (AISC).
2) Structural steel design shall be in accordance with those sections of the
"Manual of Steel Construction: Allowable Stress Design" related to design
requirements and allowable stresses.
b. Welded Tubular Connections
1) American National Standards Institute / American Welding Society
(ANSI/AWS) and the
2) Canadian Institute of Steel Construction (CISC).
3) All welded tubular connections shall be checked, when within applicable
limits, for the limiting failure modes outlined in the ANSI/AWS D1.1
Structural Welding Code or in accordance with the "Design Guide for
Hollow Structural Section Connections" as published by the Canadian
Institute of Steel Construction (CISC).
4) When outside the “validity range” defined in these design guidelines, the
following limit states or failure modes must be checked:
* Chord face plastification
* Punching shear (through main member face)
* Material failure
Tension failure of the web member
Local buckling of a compression web member
* Weld failure
Allowable stress based on “effective lengths”
“Ultimate” capacity
* Local buckling of a main member face
* Main member failure:
Web or sidewall yielding
PEDESTRIAN BRIDGE 321400 - 9
Southeast Community Park 02.09.2016
Civitas #2-13-0010
Web or sidewall crippling
Web or sidewall buckling
Overall shear failure
5) All tubular joints shall be plain unstiffened joints (made without the use of
reinforcing plates) except as follows:
* Floor beams hung beneath the lower chord of the structure may be
constructed with or without stiffener (or gusset) plates, as required by
design.
* Floor beams which frame directly into the truss verticals (H-Section
bridges) may be designed with or without end stiffening plates as required
by design.
* Where chords, end floor beams and in high profiles the top end struts
weld to the end verticals, the end verticals (or connections) may require
stiffening to transfer the forces from these members into the end vertical.
* Truss vertical to chord connections.
6) NOTE: The effects of fabrication tolerances shall be accounted for in the
design of the structure. Special attention shall be given to the actual fit-up
gap at welded truss joints.
c. Wood
1) American Institute of Timber Construction (AITC), the U.S. Forest Products
Laboratory,and the American Forest & Paper Association (AF&PA).
2) Sawn lumber shall be designed in accordance with the ANSI/AF&PA NDS,
“National Design Standard for Wood Construction”, as published by the
American Forest & Paper Association or the “Timber Construction Manual”
as published by the American Institute of Timber Construction (AITC).
Design properties for naturally durable hardwoods shall be in accordance
with “Tropical Timbers of the World”, as published by the U.S. Forest
Products Laboratory
d. Top Chord Stability
1) Structural Stability Research Council (SSRC), formerly Column Research
Council
2) The top chord shall be considered as a column with elastic lateral supports at
the panel points. The critical buckling force of the column, so determined,
shall exceed the maximum force from dead load and live load (uniform or
vehicular) in any panel of the top chord by not less than 50 percent for
parallel chord truss bridges or 100 percent for bowstring bridges. The
design approach to prevent top chord buckling shall be as outlined by E.C.
Holt's research work in conjunction with the Column Research Council on
the stability of the top chord of a half through truss. See Appendix A for the
calculation of the spring constant C and the determination of an appropriate
K factor for out-of-plane buckling.
PEDESTRIAN BRIDGE 321400 - 10
Southeast Community Park 02.09.2016
Civitas #2-13-0010
3) In addition, for the dead load plus vehicle load combination, the spring
constant “C” furnished by the transverse “U-Frames” shall not be less than
“C” required as defined by:
L
P
C required 1 . 46 c
where Pc is the maximum top chord compression due to dead load plus the
vehicle load times the appropriate safety factor (1.5 for parallel chord truss
bridges or 2.0 for bowstring bridges) and L is the length in inches of one
truss panel or bay.
4) For uniformly loaded bridges, the vertical truss members, the floor beams
and their connections (transverse frames) shall be proportioned to resist a
lateral force of not less than 1/100k times the top chord compressive load,
but not less than .004 times that top chord load, applied at the top chord
panel points of each truss. The top chord load is determined by using the
larger top chord axial force in the members on either side of the "U-frame"
being analyzed. For end frames, the same concept applies except the
transverse force is 1% of the axial load in the end post member.
5) For bridges with vehicle loads, the lateral force applied at the top chord
elevation for design of the transverse frames shall not be less than 1% of the
top chord compression due to dead load plus any vehicle loading
6) The bending forces in the transverse frames, as determined above, act in
conjunction with all forces produced by the actual bridge loads as
determined by an appropriate analysis which assumes that the floor beams
are “fixed” to the trusses at each end.
7) NOTE: The effects of three dimensional loading (including “U-frame”
requirements) shall be considered in the design of the structure. The “U-
frame” forces shall be added to the forces derived from a three dimensional
analysis of the bridge.
2.5 MATERIALS
A. Steel
1. Unpainted Weathering Steel
a. Bridges shall be fabricated from high strength, low alloy, atmospheric corrosion
resistant ASTM A847 cold formed welded square and rectangular tubing and/or
ASTM A588, or ASTM A242, ASTM A606 plate and structural steel shapes (Fy =
50,000 psi). The minimum corrosion index of atmospheric corrosion resistant steel,
as determined in accordance with ASTM G101, shall be 6.0.
B. Decking
1. Hardwood Decking
Wood decking shall be naturally durable hardwood Ipe (Tabebuia Spp Lapacho
Group). All planks shall be partially air dried to a moisture content of 15% to
20%, and shall be supplied S4S (surfaced four sides), E4E (eased four edges),
with the edges eased to a radius of 1/8”. Measured at 30% moisture content, the
PEDESTRIAN BRIDGE 321400 - 11
Southeast Community Park 02.09.2016
Civitas #2-13-0010
width and thickness shall not vary from specified dimensions by more than
0.04 inches. All planks shall be supplied with the end sealed with “Anchorseal”
Mobil CER-M or an equal aquious wax log sealer.
All planks shall be graded as FEQ-CAH (First Export Quality -Clear All Heart)
grading rules, defined as follows:
* Lumber shall be graded both faces and both edges.
* Lumber shall be straight grained, maximum slope of grain to be 1:10.
* Lumber shall be parallel cut without heart centers or sap wood.
* Lumber shall be in sound condition, free from worm holes or knots.
* Allowable Imperfections are:
All faces: Natural drying checks, Discoloration caused by weathering or
chemical reaction, Bow or Spring which can be removed using normal
installation methods and tools.
* Imperfections Not Allowed:
Longitudinal heart cracks, Internal cracks, Firm or Soft sap wood, Splits,
End splits, Ring shades, Fungi affects (blue to gray, brown to red, white
to yellow, or incipient decay), Deformation (twisting or cupping) which
cannot be removed using normal installation methods and tools.
All planks shall meet or exceed the following mechanical properties (based on
the 2” standard) as defined by the U.S. Forest Products Laboratory publications
and testing data:
MC% Modulus of Rupture Modulus of Elasticity Max. Crush
Strength
12% 22,360 psi 3,140,000 psi 13,010 psi
Janka side hardness is 3680 lbs. at 12% moisture content
Average air-dry density is 66 to 75 pcf.
Basic specific gravity is 0.85 - 0.97.
All planks shall be naturally fire resistant without the use of any fire resistant
preservatives to meet NFPA Class A and UBC Class I.
Planks shall be supplied that meet or exceed the Static Coefficient of Friction for
both Neolite and leather shoes in accordance with ASTM Test Method C1028-
89.
FORCE IN POUNDS
SHOE MATERIAL DRY WET
Neolite 0.73 0.69
Leather 0.55 0.79
For transverse wood decking, wheel loads shall be assumed to act on one plank
only. The wheel loads shown in Section 3.1.3 shall be distributed on the plank
PEDESTRIAN BRIDGE 321400 - 12
Southeast Community Park 02.09.2016
Civitas #2-13-0010
along a length equal to the tire print width (W). The plank shall be designed for
shear and bending in accordance with the support conditions and spacing. For
design, the following unfactored allowable values shall be used:
Allowable Bending = 3700 psi
Allowable Shear = 320 psi
Modulus of Elasticity = 3,000,000 psi
2. Wood Decking Attachment
* At time of installation, planks are to be placed tight together with no
gaps.
* Every plank must be attached with at least one fastener at each end.
* All fasteners to be zinc plated. Self-tapping screws or hex-head
bolts, with a steel plank holddown, are to be used at the ends of planks.
Self-tapping screws or carriage bolts are to be used as interior connection
fasteners when required. Power actuated fasteners will not be allowed.
* Planks are to be drilled prior to installation of bolts and/or screws.
* In addition to at least one fastener at each end of every plank
(typical for all installations), planks for bridges with widths of 72” to
143” shall be attached with a minimum of two fasteners at a location
approximately near the center of the bridge width. Bridges wider than
143” are to have two fasteners located at a minimum of two interior
stringer locations, approximately at the third points of the bridge width.
NOTE: Attachments at the ends of the planks may be modified as required when
obstructions, such as interior safety system elements, prevent installation of the
specified holddown system.
2.6 WELDING
A. Welding
1. Welding and weld procedure qualification tests shall conform to the provisions of
ANSI/AWS D1.1 “Structural Welding Code”, latest edition. Filler metal shall be in
accordance with the applicable AWS Filler Metal Specification. For exposed, bare,
unpainted applications of corrosion resistant steels (i.e. ASTM A588 and A847), the filler
metal shall be in accordance with AWS D1.1
B. Welders
1. Welders shall be properly certified, each of whom shall submit certification of
satisfactorily passing AWS standard qualification tests for all positions with unlimited
thickness of base metal, have a minimum of 6 months experience in welding tubular
structures and have demonstrated the ability to make uniform sound welds of the type
required.
PEDESTRIAN BRIDGE 321400 - 13
Southeast Community Park 02.09.2016
Civitas #2-13-0010
2.7 SUBMITTALS
A. Submittal Drawings
1. Schematic drawings and diagrams shall be submitted to the customer for their review
after receipt of order. Submittal drawings shall be unique drawings, prepared to illustrate
the specific portion of the work to be done. All relative design information such as
member sizes, bridge reactions, and general notes shall be clearly specified on the
drawings. Drawings shall have cross referenced details and sheet numbers. All drawings
shall be signed and sealed by a Professional Engineer who is licensed in accordance with
Section 3.0.
B. Structural Calculations
1. Structural calculations for the bridge superstructure shall be submitted by the bridge
manufacturer and reviewed by the approving engineer. All calculations shall be signed
and sealed by a Professional Engineer who is licensed in accordance with Section 3.0.
The calculations shall include all design information necessary to determine the structural
adequacy of the bridge. The calculations shall include the following:
* All AISC allowable stress checks for axial, bending and shear forces in the
critical member of each truss member type (i.e. top chord, bottom chord, floor beam,
vertical, etc.).
* Checks for the critical connection failure modes for each truss member type (i.e.
vertical, diagonal, floor beam, etc.). Special attention shall be given to all welded tube on
tube connections.
* All bolted splice connections.
* Main truss deflection checks.
* U-Frame stiffness checks (used to determine K factors for out-of-plane buckling of
the top chord) .
* Deck design.
NOTE: The analysis and design of triangulated truss bridges shall account for moments
induced in members due to joint fixity where applicable. Moments due to both truss
deflection and joint eccentricity must be considered.
C. Welder certifications in compliance with AWS standard qualification tests
D. Welding procedures in compliance with Section 5.1
2.8 FABRICATION
A. General Requirements
1. Drain Holes
a. When the collection of water inside a structural tube is a possibility, either during
PEDESTRIAN BRIDGE 321400 - 14
Southeast Community Park 02.09.2016
Civitas #2-13-0010
construction or during service, the tube shall be provided with a drain hole at its
lowest point to let water out.
2. Welds
a. Special attention shall be given to developing sufficient weld throats on tubular
members. Fillet weld details shall be in accordance with AWS D1.1, Section 3.9.2.
Unless determined otherwise by testing, the loss factor “Z” for heel welds shall be in
accordance with AWS Table 2.9. Fillet welds which run onto the radius of a tube
shall be built up to obtain the full throat thickness. The maximum root openings of
fillet welds shall not exceed 3/16” in conformance with AWS D1.1, Section 5.22.
Weld size or effective throat dimensions shall be increased in accordance with this
same section when applicable (i.e. fit-up gaps> 1/16”).
B. Qualilty Certification
1. Bridge(s) shall be fabricated by a fabricator who is currently certified by the American
Institute of Steel Construction to have the personnel, organization, experience, capability,
and commitment to produce fabricated structural steel for the category Intermediate
“Major Steel Bridges” as set forth in the AISC Certification Program with Fracture
Critical Endorsement. Bridge fabricator shall also be currently certified by the American
Welding Society (AWS) as an AWS Certified Fabricator. Quality control shall be in
accordance with procedures outlined for AISC certification.
C. Weld Testing
1. All weld testing shall be done by a person qualified in accordance with ASNT SNT-TC-
1A. All full penetration welds in the chords are to be ultrasonically tested in accordance
with AWS specifications. All fillet and partial penetration groove welds shall be 100
percent visually inspected with 10 percent also being magnetic particle tested in
accordance with AWS specifications. A written testing report shall be submitted upon
completion.
2.9 FINISHING
A. Blast Cleaning
1. Bare applications of enhanced corrosion resistant steels.
a. All Blast Cleaning shall be done in a dedicated OSHA approved indoor facility. Blast
operations shall use Best Management Practices and exercise environmentally
friendly blast media recovery systems.
b. To aid in providing a uniformly “weathered” appearance, all exposed surfaces of steel
shall be blast cleaned in accordance with Steel Structures Painting Council Surface
Preparation Specifications No. 7 Brush-Off Blast Cleaning, SSPC SP7 latest edition.
c. Exposed surfaces of steel shall be defined as those surfaces seen from the deck and
from outside of the structure. Stringers, floor beams, lower brace diagonals and the
inside face of the truss below deck and bottom face of the bottom chord need not be
blasted.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 DELIVERY and ERECTION
PEDESTRIAN BRIDGE 321400 - 15
Southeast Community Park 02.09.2016
Civitas #2-13-0010
A. Delivery
1. Delivery is made to a location nearest the site which is easily accessible to normal over-
the-road tractor/trailer equipment. All trucks delivering bridge materials will need to be
unloaded at the time of arrival
B. Installation
1. The manufacturer will provide detailed, written instruction in the proper lifting
procedures and splicing procedures (if required). The method and sequence of erection
shall be the responsibility of others
C. Splicing
1. Chord splices shall have loose splice plates that are inserted into the tubular chord
members. The splice plates shall have a splice nut retention device consisting of a
capture plate(s) with hexagonal holes held in place by either an angle on each side of the
capture plate(s) or C channel(s). Tack welding of splice nuts to splice plates is not
acceptable unless an approved Weld Procedure Specification (WPS) can be provided.
The sections are then bolted together by bolting through the wall of the tube, nut capture
assembly and nut.
D. Maintenance
1. The bridge manufacturer shall provide written inspection and maintenance procedures to
be followed by the bridge owner.
3.2 BEARINGS
A. Bearing Devices
1. Bridge bearings shall consist of a steel setting or slide plate placed on the abutment or
grout pad. The bridge bearing plate which is welded to the bridge structure shall bear on
this setting plate. One end of the bridge will be fixed by fully tightening the nuts on the
anchor bolts at that end. The opposite end will have finger tight only nuts to allow
movement under thermal expansion or contraction.
2. The bridge bearings shall sit in a recessed pocket on the concrete abutment. Minimum
28-day strength for the abutment concrete shall be 3,000 PSI. The bearing seat shall be a
minimum of 16" wide. The step height (from bottom of bearing to top-of-deck) shall be
determined by the bridge manufacturer.
3. Bridges in excess of 100 feet in length or bridges with dead load reactions of 15,000
pounds or more (at each bearing location) shall have teflon on teflon or stainless steel on
teflon slide bearings placed between the bridge bearing plate and the setting plate. The
top slide plate shall be large enough to cover the lower teflon slide surface at both
temperature extremes.
3.3 COVER PLATES
A. Bridges in excess of 100 feet will be provided with two cover plates (one on each end of
bridge). Cover plates shall be hot dipped galvanized and must extend past the gap between the
foundation backwall and the end of the bridge
3.4 FOUNDATIONS
A. Unless specified otherwise, the bridge manufacturer shall determine the number, diameter,
PEDESTRIAN BRIDGE 321400 - 16
Southeast Community Park 02.09.2016
Civitas #2-13-0010
minimum grade and finish of all anchor bolts. The anchor bolts shall be designed to resist all
horizontal and uplift forces to be transferred by the superstructure to the supporting foundations.
Engineering design of the bridge supporting foundations (abutment, pier, bracket and/or
footings), including design of anchor bolt embedment length, shall be the responsibility of the
foundation engineer. The contractor shall provide all materials for (including anchor bolts) and
construction of the bridge supporting foundations. The contractor shall install the anchor bolts
in accordance with the manufacturer's anchor bolt spacing dimensions.
B. Information as to bridge support reactions and anchor bolt locations will be furnished by the
bridge manufacturer after receipt of order and after the bridge design is complete
3.5 WARRANTY
A. The bridge manufacturer shall warrant their steel structure(s) are free of design, material and
workmanship defects for a period of ten years from the date of delivery.
PEDESTRIAN BRIDGE 321400 - 17
Southeast Community Park 02.09.2016
Civitas #2-13-0010
3.6 APPROVAL CHECKLIST
The following checklist will be used in the evaluation of all submittals to assure compliance with the
Special Specifications for Prefabricated Bridge. This checklist is considered the minimum acceptable
requirements for compliance with these specifications. Any deviations from this checklist shall be
considered grounds for rejection of the submittal. Any costs associated with delays caused by the
rejection of the submittal, due to non-compliance with this checklist, shall be fully borne by the contractor
and bridge supplier.
SUBMITTAL DRAWINGS
Data Required to be Shown:
□ Weld Failure Checks (Ultimate)
□ Bridge Elevation □ Local Buckling of the Main
Member Face Checks
□ Bridge Cross Section □ Main Member Yielding Failure
Checks
□ All Member Sizes □ Main Member Crippling Failure
Checks
□ All Vertical Truss Members are Square □ Main Member Buckling Failure Checks
or Rectangular Tubing □ Main Member Shear Failure Checks
□ Bridge Reactions □ All Bolted Splice Checks (if
applicable)
□ General Notes Indicating □ Main Truss Deflection Checks
□ ASIC Stress Conformance □ Decking Material Checks
□ Material Specifications to be Followed □ “U-Frame” Stiffness Checks (if
applicable)
□ Design Live Load □ Interior and End Portal Design Checks
(if applicable)
□ Design Vehicle Load (If Applicable) □ Determination of Top Chord K Factor
Based on “U-Frame”
□ Design Wind Load Stiffness (if applicable)
□ Other Specified Design Loads □ Consideration of Individual Member
Moments Due to
□ Welding Process Truss Deflection, Joint Fixity
and Joint Eccentricity
□ Blast Cleaning
□ Detailed Bolted Splices (If Applicable)
□ Bolted Splice Location (If applicable) FABRICATION
SUBMITTALS
□ Signature and Seal of Professional Engineer, Data Required to be Shown:
licensed in Accordance with Section 3.0 □** Written Installation Instructions
□** Written Splicing Instructions
□** Written Maintenance & Inspection
Instructions
□** Welder Certifications
DESIGN CALCULATIONS □** Welding Procedures
PEDESTRIAN BRIDGE 321400 - 18
Southeast Community Park 02.09.2016
Civitas #2-13-0010
Data Required to be Shown: □ Material Certifications
□ Structural Steel
□ Data Input for 3-D Analysis of Bridge □ Decking (if applicable)
□ Joint Coordinates & Member Incidences □ Structural Bolts (if applicable)
□ Joint and Member Loads □ Weld Testing Reports
□ Member Properties
□ Load Combinations
□ AISC Stress Checks for Each Member Type
□ Critical Connection Failure Mode Checks For Each
Member Type
□ Chord Face Plastification Checks ** NOTE: These items are
required to be submitted
□ Punching Shear Checks along with Submittal Drawings and
Design Calculations.
□ Material Failure Checks (Truss Webs) Those Fabrication Submittal Items
not marked are
□ Weld Failure Checks (Effective Length) to be submitted prior to shipment of
the bridge.
Appendix A
1/K FOR VARIOUS VALUES OF CL/Pc and n
n
1/K 4 6 8 10 12 14 16
1.000 3.686 3.616 3.660 3.714 3.754 3.785 3.809
0.980 3.284 2.944 2.806 2.787 2.771 2.774
0.960 3.000 2.665 2.542 2.456 2.454 2.479
0.950 2.595
0.940 2.754 2.303 2.252 2.254 2.282
0.920 2.643 2.146 2.094 2.101 2.121
0.900 3.352 2.593 2.263 2.045 1.951 1.968 1.981
0.850 2.460 2.013 1.794 1.709 1.681 1.694
0.800 2.961 2.313 1.889 1.629 1.480 1.456 1.465
0.750 2.147 1.750 1.501 1.344 1.273 1.262
0.700 2.448 1.955 1.595 1.359 1.200 1.111 1.088
0.650 1.739 1.442 1.236 1.087 0.988 0.940
0.600 2.035 1.639 1.338 1.133 0.985 0.878 0.808
0.550 1.517 1.211 1.007 0.860 0.768 0.708
0.500 1.750 1.362 1.047 0.847 0.750 0.668 0.600
0.450 1.158 0.829 0.714 0.624 0.537 0.500
0.400 1.232 0.886 0.627 0.555 0.454 0.428 0.383
PEDESTRIAN BRIDGE 321400 - 19
Southeast Community Park 02.09.2016
Civitas #2-13-0010
Where:
2 [ / 3 / 2 ]
h h I v b I b
C E
L Length in inches of one truss panel
Pc Buckling Load ( Top Chord Compressio n x F . S .)
n Number of Panels
Reference: Galambos, T.V. (1988) “Guide to Stability Design Criteria for Metal Structures”, 4th Ed.,
PP 515-529. Copyright 1988. Reprinted by permission of John Wiley and Sons, Inc.
Top Chord
h
Vertical (Iv)
“ U - Frame”
C C
b
Floor Beam (Ib)
Southeast Community Park 02/09/2016
Civitas #2-13-0010
TURF AND GRASSES 329200 - 1
SECTION 32 9200 - TURF AND GRASSES
(Addendum 03, 03.22.2016)
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Turf grass seeding
2. Native turf seeding
3. Erosion Control Materials
B. Related Sections:
1. Division 31 Section "Earth Moving" for excavation, filling and backfilling, and rough
grading.
2. Division 32 Section "Planting Irrigation” for turf irrigation.
3. Division 32 Section "Plants" for trees, shrubs and perennials.
4. Division 32 Section “Landscape Systems” for border edgings and mulches.
5. Division 33 Section "Landscape Subdrainage" for subsurface drainage.
1.2 DEFINITIONS
A. Duff Layer: The surface layer of native topsoil that is composed of mostly decayed leaves,
twigs, and detritus.
B. Finish Grade: Elevation of finished surface of planting soil.
C. Manufactured Topsoil: Soil produced off-site by homogeneously blending mineral soils or sand
with stabilized organic soil amendments to produce topsoil or planting soil.
D. Pesticide: A substance or mixture intended for preventing, destroying, repelling, or mitigating a
pest. This includes insecticides, miticides, herbicides, fungicides, rodenticides, and
molluscicides. It also includes substances or mixtures intended for use as a plant regulator,
defoliant, or desiccant.
E. Pests: Living organisms that occur where they are not desired or that cause damage to plants,
animals, or people. These include insects, mites, grubs, mollusks (snails and slugs), rodents
(gophers, moles, and mice), unwanted plants (weeds), fungi, bacteria, and viruses.
F. Planting Soil: Standardized topsoil; existing, native surface topsoil; existing, in-place surface
soil; imported topsoil; or manufactured topsoil that is modified with soil amendments and
perhaps fertilizers to produce a soil mixture best for plant growth.
G. Subgrade: Surface or elevation of subsoil remaining after excavation is complete, or top surface
of a fill or backfill before planting soil is placed.
Southeast Community Park 02/09/2016
Civitas #2-13-0010
TURF AND GRASSES 329200 - 2
H. Subsoil: All soil beneath the topsoil layer of the soil profile, and typified by the lack of organic
matter and soil organisms.
I. Surface Soil: Soil that is present at the top layer of the existing soil profile at the Project site.
In undisturbed areas, the surface soil is typically topsoil, but in disturbed areas such as urban
environments, the surface soil can be subsoil.
J. Weeds: Including but not limited to Goathead, Bindweed, Twitch, Dandelion, Jimsonweed,
Knapweed, Quackgrass, Horsetail, Morning Glory, Rush Grass, Mustard, Lambsquarter,
Chickweed, Cress, Crabgrass, Canadian Thistle, Nutgrass, Poison Oak, Blackberry, Tansy
Ragwort, Bermuda Grass, Johnson Grass, Poison Ivy, Nut Sedge, Nimble Weed, Bent Grass,
Wild Garlic, Perennial Sorrel, and Broom Grass.
1.3 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS
A. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project Site.
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated.
1. Pesticides and Herbicides: Include product label and manufacturer's application
instructions specific to this Project.
B. Certification of Grass: From seed vendor for each grass seed monostand or mixture stating the
botanical and common name, percentage by weight of each species and variety, and percentage
of purity, germination, and weed seed. Include the year of production and date of packaging.
1. Sod mix. Include identification of source and name and telephone number of supplier.
C. Qualification Data: For qualified landscape Installer.
D. Product Certificates: For soil amendments and fertilizers, from manufacturer.
E. Material Test Reports: For existing native surface topsoil, existing in-place surface soil, and
imported or manufactured topsoil.
1. Soil analysis for each topsoil to be used.
2. Analysis for each soil amendment.
3. Analysis for each amended planting soil.
F. Analysis and standards: Wherever applicable, for non packaged materials, provide two copies
of analysis by recognized laboratory made in accordance with methods established by the
Association of Official Agriculture Chemists.
G. Planting schedule: Submit in writing two copies of proposed planting schedule, indicating dates
for topsoil placing, site preparation, herbicide treatments, soil preparation, sodding, seeding, and
coordination with plant procurement, planting soil preparation, plant delivery and planting.
Schedule all Work during specified planting seasons. Once accepted, revise dates only as
approved in writing, after documentation of reasons for delays.
Southeast Community Park 02/09/2016
Civitas #2-13-0010
TURF AND GRASSES 329200 - 3
H. Maintenance Instructions: Recommended procedures for maintenance of turf during a calendar
year. Submit before expiration of required initial maintenance periods.
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Installer Qualifications: A qualified landscape Installer whose work has resulted in successful
turf establishment.
1. Professional Membership: Installer shall be a member in good standing of either the
Professional Landcare Network or the American Nursery and Landscape Association.
2. Experience: Five years' experience in turf installation in addition to requirements in
Division 01 Section "Quality Requirements."
3. Installer's Field Supervision: Require Installer to maintain an experienced full-time
supervisor on Project site when work is in progress.
4. Sod Producer: Company specializing in sod production and harvesting with minimum
five (5) years experience, and certified by the State of Colorado Department of
Agriculture.
5. Company approved by the sod producer or company with minimum five (5) years’
successful experience in the installation of sodded lawn areas similar in size to this
project.
6. Personnel Certifications: Installer's field supervisor shall have certification in one of the
following categories from the Professional Landcare Network:
a. Certified Landscape Technician - Exterior, with installation, maintenance, and
irrigation specialty area(s), designated CLT-Exterior.
b. Certified Turfgrass Professional, designated CTP.
c. Certified Turfgrass Professional of Cool Season Lawns, designated CTP-CSL.
7. Maintenance Proximity: Not more than two hours' normal travel time from Installer's
place of business to Project site.
8. Pesticide Applicator: State licensed, commercial.
B. Soil-Testing Laboratory Qualifications: An independent laboratory or university laboratory,
recognized by the State Department of Agriculture, with the experience and capability to
conduct the testing indicated and that specializes in types of tests to be performed.
C. Soil Analysis: For each unamended soil type, furnish soil analysis and a written report by a
qualified soil-testing laboratory stating percentages of organic matter; gradation of sand, silt,
and clay content; cation exchange capacity; sodium absorption ratio; deleterious material; pH;
and mineral and plant-nutrient content of the soil.
1. Testing methods and written recommendations shall comply with USDA's Handbook
No. 60.
2. The soil-testing laboratory shall oversee soil sampling, with depth, location, and number
of samples to be taken per instructions from Architect. A minimum of three
representative samples shall be taken from varied locations for each soil to be used or
amended for planting purposes.
3. Report suitability of tested soil for turf growth.
Southeast Community Park 02/09/2016
Civitas #2-13-0010
TURF AND GRASSES 329200 - 4
a. Based on the test results, state recommendations for soil treatments and soil
amendments to be incorporated. State recommendations in weight per 1000 sq. ft.
or volume per cu. yd. for nitrogen, phosphorus, and potash nutrients and soil
amendments to be added to produce satisfactory planting soil suitable for healthy,
viable plants.
b. Report presence of problem salts, minerals, or heavy metals, including aluminum,
arsenic, barium, cadmium, chromium, cobalt, lead, lithium, and vanadium. If such
problem materials are present, provide additional recommendations for corrective
action.
D. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site to coordinate the process with
other trades, to coordinate equipment movement within planting areas and to avoid soil
compaction, to review proposed methods of installation, performance criteria, and maintenance
procedures. Review underground utility location maps and plans. Equipment having low unit
pressure ground contact shall be utilized within planting areas. This meeting shall be
coordinated by the construction project manager, and comply with requirements in Division 1.
E. Standards: All materials and methods used during this portion of the work shall meet or exceed
applicable federal, state, county, and local laws and regulations. All seed shall be free from
insects and disease. Species shall be true to their scientific name as specified.
1. All materials furnished shall be free of Colorado State noxious weeds as defined in
Article III, Section 21-40 of the Code of the City of Fort Collins.
F. Materials: The Landscape Contractor shall submit to the Owner for approval a complete list of
all materials to be used during this portion of the work prior to delivery of any materials to the
site. Include complete data on source, amount and quality. This submittal shall in no way be
construed as permitting substitution for specific items described on the plans or in these
specifications unless approved in writing by the Owner.
G. Plant species substitutions shall be approved by the Architect. Any changes to see mix must be
approved by City of Fort Collins Natural Areas Program staff.
1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Packaged Materials: Deliver packaged materials in original, unopened containers showing
weight, certified analysis, name and address of manufacturer, and indication of conformance
with state and federal laws, as applicable.
B. Sod: Harvest, deliver, store, and handle sod according to requirements in "Specifications for
Turfgrass Sod Materials" and "Specifications for Turfgrass Sod Transplanting and Installation"
in TPI's "Guideline Specifications to Turfgrass Sodding." Deliver sod in time for planting
within 24 hours of harvesting. Protect sod from breakage and drying.
C. Bulk Materials:
1. Do not dump or store bulk materials near structures, utilities, walkways and pavements,
or on existing turf areas or plants.
Southeast Community Park 02/09/2016
Civitas #2-13-0010
TURF AND GRASSES 329200 - 5
2. Provide erosion-control measures to prevent erosion or displacement of bulk materials,
discharge of soil-bearing water runoff, and airborne dust reaching adjacent properties,
water conveyance systems, or walkways.
3. Accompany each delivery of bulk fertilizers and soil amendments with appropriate
certificates.
4. Seed: Deliver seed materials in original unopened containers, showing bearing weight,
analysis, and name of supplier. Store in a manner to prevent the materials from wetting
and deteriorating.
5. Fertilizer: Deliver inorganic or chemical fertilizer to site in original unopened container
bearing manufacturer’s guaranteed chemical analysis, name, trade name, trademark and
conformance to state law, and bearing name and warranty of producer.
D. Material will be inspected upon arrival at project site. Owner’s Representative will reject any
opened or unacceptable materials as described above.
E. Immediately remove unacceptable material from job site.
1.7 PROJECT CONDITIONS AND SCHEDULING
A. Work scheduling: Proceed with and complete landscape work as rapidly as portions of the site
become available, working within the specified planting season and approved schedule.
B. Planting Restrictions: Planting is preferred in spring but may be performed with written
approval from Architect. Variance from the schedule shall be permitted only with written
approval from the Architect. Coordinate planting periods with initial maintenance periods to
provide required maintenance from date of planting completion.
C. Drill Seeding: plant seed areas B,C and D as indicated on the drawings with a Range Drill
seeder set to ¼” to ½” depth. For tight areas seed with a walk behind over seeder to ensure
consistent seed application.
D. Do not drill or sow seeds during windy, rainy weather or when ground is frozen or otherwise
unable to be tilled.
E. Seeding Season: Seeding shall occur as specified below. The following are typical Colorado
schedules. Modify the following for appropriate region. Verify with local producers and
contractors prior to finalizing:
Cool Season Native Grass, non-irrigated October 15-December 1, March 1 – May 1
Warm Season Native Grass, non-irrigated Sustained soil temperature reaches 60
degrees, and a minimum of 8-12 weeks before frost.
Cool Season Turf Grass, Irrigated Irrigated Seed
F. Sodding Season: Sodding shall be installed only after April 1 and before October 1 unless
written approval is received from Architect.
G. Weather Limitations: Proceed with planting only when existing and forecasted weather
conditions permit planting to be performed when beneficial and optimum results may be
Southeast Community Park 02/09/2016
Civitas #2-13-0010
TURF AND GRASSES 329200 - 6
obtained. Apply products during favorable weather conditions according to manufacturer's
written instructions.
H. Existing conditions:
1. Existing Plants: Install sod only after all other landscape and irrigation items have been
installed and accepted by the Architect.
2. Utilities: Determine location of underground utilities. Perform work in a manner to
avoid possible damage. Hand excavate, as required.
3. Excavation: Maintain grade stakes set by others until removal is mutually agreed upon
by parties concerned. When conditions detrimental to plant growth are encountered, such
as rubble fill, adverse drainage conditions, noxious materials or obstructions, notify
Architect before planting.
4. If weeds are present on site, treat with herbicide prior to preparing soil for installing seed
or sod as specified below.
I. Coordination:
1. Coordinate with construction of utilities on site. Do not begin placing topsoil until
underground work and adjacent structures (building, site walls, headers, mow bands, etc.)
are completed in the area.
2. Coordinate with seeding, sodding and landscape Contractor(s) approved schedule. Limit
construction access to areas where topsoil has been placed if placement is completed
more than 3 days prior to commencement of landscaping in the area. Limit fine grading
to areas that can be prepared for planting within 24 hours after fine grading.
3. Coordinate with installation of underground irrigation system.
4. Coordinate with Contractors work requiring access to site over sod areas.
1.8 WARRANTY
A. Warranty for Seeded Turf Areas: Warrant areas in seed to be in a healthy, vigorous growing
condition, and for consistency and completion of coverage for a period of two years from date
of Substantial Completion as a full stand of grass. After seed germination, re-seed any spots
where seed has not germinated within the total seeded area. Continue this procedure until a
successful stand of grass is growing and accepted by Owner’s Representative.
B. During the original warranty period, reseed at once with comparable blend/mix, those areas that
have failed to achieve a stand of grass or which in the Owner’s Representative’s opinion are
unhealthy.
C. Reseeding will not be allowed in any season considerable unfavorable for seeding by the
Owner’s Representative.
1.9 Reseed in a manner to achieve quality as originally specified.
A. General: The maintenance period shall begin immediately after each area is seeded and continue
until Final Acceptance of entire project or a minimum of 90 days, whichever is longer. Final
Acceptance of seeded areas will not be given until Architect is satisfied with germination and a
full stand of grass is in a vigorous growing condition, with consistent and complete coverage.
During this time, be responsible for watering, mowing, spraying, weeding, fertilizing and all
related work as necessary to ensure that seeded areas are in a vigorous growing condition.
Southeast Community Park 02/09/2016
Civitas #2-13-0010
TURF AND GRASSES 329200 - 7
Provide all supervision, labor, material and equipment to develop and maintain seeded areas.
After Final Acceptance, maintenance shall become the responsibility of the Owner’s
Representative.
B. The seeded areas shall be accepted on the basis of having a uniform plant growth over the entire
seeded area. Two (2) months after seeding, the seeded areas shall be reviewed by the Owner’s
Representative and the Contractor. Any areas (as determined by the Owner’s Representative)
where the seed has failed to germinate shall be reseeded and raked to cover the seed. In any
area where the seed has failed to grow, reseeding shall be at the Contractor’s expense until grass
is established and accepted. Acceptable uniform plant growth shall be defined as when the
scattered bare spots, not greater than one (1) square foot, and do not exceed two percent (2%) of
the seeded area
C. Mowing and Trimming: When turf grasses reach one and one-half inches (1-1/2”) height, begin
twice weekly mowing program. Do not remove more than one-third the height of the grass
blade in single mowing. Do not mow when grass is wet. Remove clippings from adjacent
paved areas shall be removed and clippings from mowed turf areas shall be removed at the
direction of Owner’s Representative.
D. Fertilizing:
1. At time of seeding or sod: apply 18-2-6 50% slow release nitrogen as recommended by
manufacturer 18-12-6- Starter 50% Slow release w/ Crystal Green phosphorus (A
03)
2. 6 weeks past time of seeding or sod: apply 33-0-5 100% XCU slow release nitrogen
2%fe.
3. 8-10 weeks past application first application of 33-0-05: apply 33-0-5 100% XCU 2% fe
4. 10 weeks past second application of 33-0-5: apply 21-0-21 75% XCU 2% fe. 1 to 1 ratio
of nitrogen to potash.
E. Weed Control: Control annual weeds by mowing. Do not use herbicides unless approved by the
Owner’s Representative.
F. Insect and Disease Control: As needed, apply insecticide and fungicide approved by the
Owner’s Representative. Contractor to provide four (4) insecticide/fungicide applications under
the work of this contract.
G. Initial Turf Maintenance Service: Provide full maintenance by skilled employees of landscape
Installer. Maintain as required in Part 3 and Division 32 9600. Begin maintenance immediately
after each area is planted and continue until acceptable turf is established but for not less than
the following periods:
1. Sodded Turf: Until Final Acceptance (One year).
2. Seeded Turf: Bluegrass seed maintenance will need to occur until 70% establishment has
been determined by the Owner or Owner’s Representative. Landscape Retainage will
also be released once the establishment period is determined by the Owner or Owner’s
Representative.
H. Continuing Maintenance Proposal: From Installer to Owner, in the form of a standard yearly
(or other period) maintenance agreement, starting on date initial maintenance service is
Southeast Community Park 02/09/2016
Civitas #2-13-0010
TURF AND GRASSES 329200 - 8
concluded. State services, obligations, conditions, and terms for agreement period and for
future renewal options.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 SEED
A. Grass Seed: Fresh, clean, dry, new-crop seed complying with AOSA's "Rules for Testing
Seeds" for purity and germination tolerances.
B. Seed Species:
1. Quality: State-certified seed of grass species (Location as shown on drawings) as listed
below.
2. Soil amendments: Areas to receives seed mixes A,B,C as indicated in the drawings and
listed below are native seed mixes and are not to receive soil amendments.
a. Mix A: Kentucky Bluegrass/ Perennial Ryegrass Blend MVP 90/10
1) Korby Landscape LLC, 2406 E County Road 60, Wellington, Colorado,
80549, 970-232-1127, www.korbylandscape.com
b. Mix B: Native turfgrass-
1) Bouteloua gracilis, Blue Grama – 50% of mix (A 03)
2) Buchloe dactyloides, Buffalograss – 50% of mix (A 03)
Seed rate: 9 lbs/ acre (A 03)
3) Orchard Blue Grama Sod (A 03)
a) Korby Landscape LLC, 2406 E County Road 60, Wellington,
Colorado, 80549, 970-232-1127, www.korbylandscape.com
c. Mix C: Upland Mix
1) Cleome serrulata, Beeplant, 5% of mix, 1.3lbs/ PLS
2) Coreopsis tinctoria, Plains Coreopsis, 10% of mix, 0.2 lbs/ PLS
3) Dalea purpurea, Purple Prairie Clover, 5% of mix, 0.5 lbs/ PLS
4) Gaillardia aristata, Indian Blanketflower, 10% of mix, 2.3 lbs/ PLS
5) Helianthus annuus, Annual Sunflower, 5% of mix, 2.6 lbs/ PLS
6) Ratibida columnifera, Mexican Hat, 10% of mix, 0.3 lbs/ PLS
7) Bouteloua curtipendula, Sideoats Grama, 10% of mix, 1.6 lbs/ PLS
8) Bouteloua dactyloides, Buffalograss, 8% of mix, 4.4 lbs/ PLS
9) Koeleria macrantha, Prairie Junegrass, 3% of mix, 0.0 lbs/ PLS
10) Panicum virgatum, Switchgrass, 5% of mix, 0.4 lbs/ PLS
11) Pascopyrum smithii, Western Wheatgrass, 3% of mix, 0.8 lbs/ PLS
12) Schizachyrium scoparium, Little Bluestem, 8% of mix, 0.9 lbs/ PLS
13) Sporobolus cryptandrus, Sand Dropseed, 8% of mix, 0.0 lbs/ PLS
d. Mix D: Riparian Area
1) Dalea purpurea, Purple Prairie Coneflower, 5% of mix, 0.5 lbs/ PLS
2) Helianthus annuus, Annual Sunflower, 10% of mix, 5.2 lbs/ PLS
3) Helianthus nuttallii, Marsh Sunflower, 5% of mix, 0.7 lbs/ PLS
4) Ratibida columnifera, Mexican Hat, 10% of mix, 0.3 lbs/ PLS
5) Rudbeckia hirta, Black-eye Susan, 5% of mix, 0.09 lbs/ PLS
6) Verbena hastate, Blue Verbena, 5% of mix 0.10 lbs/ PLS
Southeast Community Park 02/09/2016
Civitas #2-13-0010
TURF AND GRASSES 329200 - 9
7) Bouteloua curtipendula, Sideoats Grama, 10% of mix, 1.6 lbs/ PLS
8) Bouteloua gracilis, Blue Gramam, 10% of mix, 0.4 lbs/ PLS
9) Elymus Canadensis, Canada Wild Rye, 5% of mix, 1.3 lbs/ PLS
10) Panicum virgatum, Switchgrass, 10% of mix, 0.8 lbs/ PLS
11) Poa palustris, Marsh Bluegrass, 10% of mix, 0.3 lbs/ PLS
12) Sorghastrum nutans, Yellow Indiangrass, 5% of mix, 1.1 lbs/ PLSA
13) Spartina pectinate, Prairie Cordgrass, 10% of mix 1.7 lbs/ PLS
e. Mix E: Special Zones – as noted on drawings
f. Sod: VorTex Sod
1) Korby Sod LLC, Wellington , Colorado, 80549, 970-568-7633
2.2 INORGANIC SOIL AMENDMENTS
A. Perlite: Horticultural perlite, soil amendment grade.
B. Agricultural Gypsum: Minimum 90 percent calcium sulfate, finely ground with 90 percent
passing through No. 50 sieve.
C. Sand: Clean, washed, natural or manufactured, and free of toxic materials.
D. Diatomaceous Earth: Calcined, 90 percent silica, with approximately 140 percent water
absorption capacity by weight.
E. Zeolites: Mineral clinoptilolite with at least 60 percent water absorption by weight.
2.3 ORGANIC SOIL AMENDMENTS
A. Compost: Well-composted, stable, and weed-free organic matter, pH range of 5.5 to 8;
moisture content 35 to 55 percent by weight; 100 percent passing through 1 inch sieve; soluble
salt content of 5-10 decisiemens/m; not exceeding 0.5 percent inert contaminants and free of
substances toxic to plantings; and as follows:
1. Organic Matter Content: 40 percent of dry weight.
2. Feedstock: Agricultural, food, or industrial residuals; biosolids; yard trimmings; or
source-separated or compostable mixed solid waste.
B. Seed mixes B,C and D as indicated on the drawings and as describes in 2.1B,1 above are native
grass mixes that are not to receive soil amendments prior to seeding operations.
2.4 FERTILIZERS
A. Superphosphate: Commercial, phosphate mixture, soluble; a minimum of 20 percent available
phosphoric acid.
B. Commercial Fertilizer: Commercial-grade complete fertilizer of neutral character, consisting of
fast- and slow-release nitrogen, 50 percent derived from natural organic sources of urea
formaldehyde, phosphorous, and potassium in the following composition:
Southeast Community Park 02/09/2016
Civitas #2-13-0010
TURF AND GRASSES 329200 - 10
1. Composition: 1 lb/1000 sq. ft. of actual nitrogen, 4 percent phosphorous, and 2 percent
potassium, by weight.
2. Composition: Nitrogen, phosphorous, and potassium in amounts recommended in soil
reports from a qualified soil-testing laboratory.
C. Slow-Release Fertilizer: Granular or pelleted fertilizer consisting of 50 percent water-insoluble
nitrogen, phosphorus, and potassium in the following composition:
1. Composition: 20 percent nitrogen, 10 percent phosphorous, and 10 percent potassium, by
weight.
2. Composition: Nitrogen, phosphorous, and potassium in amounts recommended in soil
reports from a qualified soil-testing laboratory.
2.5 PLANTING SOILS
A. Planting Soil Mix: ASTM D 5268 topsoil, with pH range of 5.5 to 7, a minimum of 5 percent
organic material content; free of stones 1 inch or larger in any dimension and other extraneous
materials harmful to plant growth. Mix ASTM D 5268 topsoil with the following soil
amendments in the following quantities to produce planting soil; do not obtain from agricultural
land, bogs or marshes.
1. Additional Properties of Imported Topsoil or Manufactured Topsoil: Screened and free
of stones 1 inch or larger in any dimension; free of roots, plants, sod, clods, clay lumps,
pockets of coarse sand, paint, paint washout, concrete slurry, concrete layers or chunks,
cement, plaster, building debris, oils, gasoline, diesel fuel, paint thinner, turpentine, tar,
roofing compound, acid, and other extraneous materials harmful to plant growth; free of
obnoxious weeds and invasive plants including quackgrass, Johnsongrass, poison ivy,
nutsedge, nimblewill, Canada thistle, bindweed, bentgrass, wild garlic, ground ivy,
perennial sorrel, and bromegrass; not infested with nematodes, grubs, other pests, pest
eggs, or other undesirable organisms and disease-causing plant pathogens; friable and
with sufficient structure to give good tilth and aeration. Continuous, air-filled, pore-
space content on a volume/volume basis shall be at least 15 percent when moisture is
present at field capacity. Soil shall have a field capacity of at least 15 percent on a dry
weight basis.
2. Mix imported topsoil or manufactured topsoil with the following soil amendments in the
following quantities to produce planting soil:
a. Ratio of Loose Compost to Topsoil by Volume: 1:3.
b. Weight of Superphosphate per 1000 Sq. Ft. : TBD .
c. Weight of Commercial Fertilizer per 1000 Sq. Ft.: TBD.
d. Weight of Slow-Release Fertilizer per 1000 Sq. Ft.: TBD.
2.6 HERBICIDES
A. General: Herbicide, registered and approved by EPA, acceptable to authorities having
jurisdiction, and of type recommended by manufacturer for each specific problem and as
required for Project conditions and application. Do not use restricted herbicides unless
authorized in writing by authorities having jurisdiction.
Southeast Community Park 02/09/2016
Civitas #2-13-0010
TURF AND GRASSES 329200 - 11
B. Pre-Emergent Herbicide (Selective and Non-Selective): Use only with approval by Architect.
Effective for controlling the germination or growth of weeds within planted areas at the soil
level directly below the mulch layer.
C. Post-Emergent Herbicide “Round-up” by Monsanto, or approved equal.
D. All native and domestic seed areas to receive an application of Round-Up general herbicide no
sooner that 7 days prior to seeding operations. Refer to 3.2C for application instructions
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine areas to be planted for compliance with requirements and other conditions affecting
performance.
1. Verify that finish grades are consistent with the slopes and grades indicated on the
Drawings.
2. Verify that no foreign or deleterious material or liquid such as paint, paint washout,
concrete slurry, concrete layers or chunks, cement, plaster, oils, gasoline, diesel fuel,
paint thinner, turpentine, tar, roofing compound, or acid has been deposited in soil within
a planting area.
3. Do not mix or place soils and soil amendments in frozen, wet, or muddy conditions.
4. Suspend soil spreading, grading, and tilling operations during periods of excessive soil
moisture until the moisture content reaches acceptable levels to attain the required results.
5. Uniformly moisten excessively dry soil that is not workable and which is too dusty.
B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
C. If contamination by foreign or deleterious material or liquid is present in soil within a planting
area, remove the soil and contamination as directed by Architect and replace with new planting
soil.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Protect structures, utilities, sidewalks, pavements, and other facilities, trees, shrubs, and
plantings from damage caused by planting operations.
1. Protect adjacent and adjoining areas from hydroseeding and hydromulching overspray.
2. Protect grade stakes set by others until directed to remove them..
B. Install erosion-control measures to prevent erosion or displacement of soils and discharge of
soil-bearing water runoff or airborne dust to adjacent properties and walkways.
C. Weed Control: If weeds are present in the area to be planted, perform herbicide treatment over
the entire area to be planted. Allow sufficient time to successfully complete the entire herbicide
treatment process before proceeding with planting. Repeat procedure as needed as weed growth
becomes evident throughout the duration of landscape construction.
Southeast Community Park 02/09/2016
Civitas #2-13-0010
TURF AND GRASSES 329200 - 12
1. Herbicide treatment must be completed during the growing season.
2. Water surface 1/2" per week for two weeks prior to application if natural precipitation
does not supply this amount to encourage weed seed germination.
3. Treat site with “Roundup” herbicide in accordance with manufacturer’s
recommendations.
4. Two days after application water surface 1/2" per week if natural precipitation does not
supply this amount to encourage weed seed germination.
5. Ten (10) days after the first “Roundup” application, review surface for evidence of plant
growth.
6. Repeat steps 2, 3, 4, and 5, up to three (3) applications, until there is no evidence of plant
growth after a 10-day period.
7. Obtain Construction Manager’s approval of surface conditions fourteen (14) days after
last herbicide application.
8. Herbicide treatments beyond the three applications shall be considered additional to the
contract and will be performed at the directed of the Construction Manager after the City
has approved the cost. Additional herbicide treatments required for imported topsoil
shall be borne solely by the Contractor.
9. Remove plant debris from treated area.
10. Allow a minimum of 7 days after the last Round-Up application prior all seeding
operations.
11. Contact Architect 48 hours in advance to review the site after each herbicide treatment.
Do not proceed with additional planting until the results are approved and accepted by the
Architect.
3.3 TURF AREA PREPARATION
A. Limit turf subgrade preparation to areas to be planted.
B. Newly Graded Subgrades: Loosen subgrade to a minimum depth of 6 inches. Remove stones
larger than 1 inch in any dimension and sticks, roots, rubbish, and other extraneous matter and
legally dispose of them off Owner's property.
1. Apply fertilizer directly to subgrade before loosening.
2. Thoroughly blend planting soil off-site before spreading.
a. Delay mixing fertilizer with planting soil if planting will not proceed within a few
days.
3. Spread planting soil to depth noted on drawings to meet finish grades after light rolling
and natural settlement. Do not spread if planting soil or subgrade is frozen, muddy, or
excessively wet.
a. Spread approximately 1/2 the thickness of planting soil over loosened subgrade.
Mix thoroughly into top 4” of subgrade. Spread remainder of planting soil.
b. Reduce elevation of planting soil to allow for soil thickness of sod.
C. Finish Grading: Grade planting areas to a smooth, uniform surface plane with loose, uniformly
fine texture. Grade to within plus or minus 1/2 inch of finish elevation indicated in the
drawings and adjacent to paving and curbs. Limit finish grading to areas that can be planted in
the immediate future.
Southeast Community Park 02/09/2016
Civitas #2-13-0010
TURF AND GRASSES 329200 - 13
1. Remove foreign materials, stones, exceeding 1 inch, weeds and undesirable plants and
their roots that can to the surface during soil amendment.
2. Roll and rake, remove ridges, and fill depressions to meet finish grades. Compact area to
85% in accordance with 312000.
3. Leave stockpile area and site clean and raked, ready to receive planting.
D. Moisten prepared area before planting if soil is dry. Water thoroughly and allow surface to dry
before planting. Do not create muddy soil.
E. Verify that all areas are graded to drain at a minimum of 2% or as indicated on the drawings.
Verify that subsurface drainage system and drain inlets if any, are operative.
F. Verify that irrigation system is operable and provides adequate coverage prior to planting.
G. Contact Architect Before planting, obtain Architect's acceptance of finish grading; restore
planting areas if eroded or otherwise disturbed after finish grading.
3.4 CLEANUP AND PROTECTION
A. Promptly remove soil and debris created by turf work from paved areas. Clean wheels of
vehicles before leaving site to avoid tracking soil onto roads, walks, or other paved areas.
B. Erect temporary fencing or barricades and warning signs as required to protect newly planted
areas from traffic. Maintain fencing and barricades throughout initial maintenance period and
remove after plantings are established.
C. Remove nondegradable erosion-control measures after grass establishment period.
END OF SECTION
52+60 52+40 52+20 52+00 51+80 51+60 51+40 51+20 51+00 50+80 50+60 50+40 50+20 50+00 49+80 49+60 49+40 49+20 49+00 48+80 48+60 48+40 48+20 48+00 47+80 47+60
4886
4888
4890
4892
4882
4884
4882
4884
4886
4888
4890
4892
4894
LEGEND
EXISTING ORDINARY HIGH WATER MARK
PROPOSED RIPRAP
PROPOSED RIFFLE DROP
PROPOSED MINOR CONTOUR
PROPOSED MAJOR CONTOUR
EXISTING MINOR CONTOUR
EXISTING MAJOR CONTOUR
PROPOSED TOE PROTECTION
EXISTING CHANNEL FLOWLINE
PROPOSED CHANNEL FLOWLINE
0
SCALE: 1" = 20'
20 10 20 40
PRELIMINARY
NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION
MATCH LINE STA 52+50
MATCH LINE STA 52+50
KEY MAP
scale: 1"=500'
5
2
3
1
4
EA
LF
LF
LF
LF
SF
SF
LF
LF
EXISTING DROP PROTECTION
TOE PROTECTION
BOULDER WALL
CREEK PLAY AREA
RIFFLE DROP STRUCTURE
EXISTING STREAM BED AREA
REMAINING STREAM BED AREA
EXISTING STREAM BED LENGTH
REMAINING STREAM BED LENGTH
SUMMARY OF CHANNEL MODIFICATIONS
4
266
57+60 57+40 57+20 57+00 56+80 56+60 56+40 56+20 56+00 55+80 55+60 55+40 55+20 55+00 54+80 54+60 54+40 54+20 54+00 53+80 53+60 53+40 53+20 53+00 52+80 52+60 52+40
4884
4886
4888
4890
4892
4894
4896
4884
4892
4894
4896
LEGEND
EXISTING ORDINARY HIGH WATER MARK
PROPOSED RIPRAP
PROPOSED RIFFLE DROP
PROPOSED MINOR CONTOUR
PROPOSED MAJOR CONTOUR
EXISTING MINOR CONTOUR
EXISTING MAJOR CONTOUR
PROPOSED TOE PROTECTION
EXISTING CHANNEL FLOWLINE
PROPOSED CHANNEL FLOWLINE
0
SCALE: 1" = 20'
PRELIMINARY 20 10 20 40
NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION
MATCH LINE STA 57+50
MATCH LINE STA 57+50
MATCH LINE STA 52+50
MATCH LINE STA 52+50
KEY MAP
scale: 1"=500'
CHANNEL
PLAN & PROFILE
PP - 2
2 of 18
Stamp:
Checked:
Drawn:
CVT Proj. #:
SOUTHEAST COMMUNITY PARK
05.12.2015 Project Development Plan
Issue Record:
Revisions:
Consultants:
Landscape Architect
3350 Kechter Road, Fort Collins CO, 80528
1200 Bannock St.
Denver, CO 80204
Tel. 303 571.0053
Fax 303 425.0438
Ripley Design Inc.
(970) 224-5828
970-484-0117
RB+B Architects, Inc.
Architect
Civil Engineer
Interwest Design Group
(970) 674-3300
62+00 61+80 61+60 61+40 61+20 61+00 60+80 60+60 60+40 60+20 60+00 59+80 59+60 59+40 59+20 59+00 58+80 58+60 58+40 58+20 58+00 57+80 57+60 57+40
4884
4886
4888
4890
4892
4894
4896
4884
4886
4888
4890
4892
4894
4896
LEGEND
EXISTING ORDINARY HIGH WATER MARK
PROPOSED RIPRAP
PROPOSED RIFFLE DROP
PROPOSED MINOR CONTOUR
PROPOSED MAJOR CONTOUR
EXISTING MINOR CONTOUR
EXISTING MAJOR CONTOUR
PROPOSED TOE PROTECTION
EXISTING CHANNEL FLOWLINE
PROPOSED CHANNEL FLOWLINE
0
SCALE: 1" = 20'
20 10 20 40
PRELIMINARY
NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION
MATCH LINE STA 62+00
MATCH LINE STA 62+00
MATCH LINE STA 57+50
MATCH LINE STA 57+50
KEY MAP
scale: 1"=500'
CHANNEL
PLAN & PROFILE
PP - 3
3 of 18
Stamp:
Checked:
Drawn:
CVT Proj. #:
SOUTHEAST COMMUNITY PARK
05.12.2015 Project Development Plan
Issue Record:
Revisions:
Consultants:
Landscape Architect
3350 Kechter Road, Fort Collins CO, 80528
1200 Bannock St.
Denver, CO 80204
Tel. 303 571.0053
Fax 303 425.0438
Ripley Design Inc.
(970) 224-5828
970-484-0117
RB+B Architects, Inc.
66+60 66+40 66+20 66+00 65+80 65+60 65+40 65+20 65+00 64+80 64+60 64+40 64+20 64+00 63+80 63+60 63+40 63+20 63+00 62+80 62+60 62+40 62+20 62+00
4888
4890
4892
4894
4888
4890
4892
4894
4896
4898
4900
4898
4900
LEGEND
EXISTING ORDINARY HIGH WATER MARK
PROPOSED RIPRAP
PROPOSED RIFFLE DROP
PROPOSED MINOR CONTOUR
PROPOSED MAJOR CONTOUR
EXISTING MINOR CONTOUR
EXISTING MAJOR CONTOUR
PROPOSED TOE PROTECTION
EXISTING CHANNEL FLOWLINE
PROPOSED CHANNEL FLOWLINE
0
SCALE: 1" = 20'
20 10 20 40
PRELIMINARY
NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION
MATCH LINE STA 62+00
MATCH LINE STA 66+50
MATCH LINE STA 66+50
MATCH LINE STA 62+00
KEY MAP
scale: 1"=500'
CHANNEL
PLAN & PROFILE
PP - 4
4 of 18
Stamp:
Checked:
Drawn:
CVT Proj. #:
SOUTHEAST COMMUNITY PARK
05.12.2015 Project Development Plan
Issue Record:
Revisions:
Consultants:
Landscape Architect
3350 Kechter Road, Fort Collins CO, 80528
1200 Bannock St.
Denver, CO 80204
Tel. 303 571.0053
Fax 303 425.0438
Ripley Design Inc.
(970) 224-5828
970-484-0117
RB+B Architects, Inc.
Architect
4890
4892
4894
4896
4898
4900
4902
70+40 70+20 70+00 69+80 69+60 69+40 69+20 69+00 68+80 68+60 68+40 68+20 68+00 67+80 67+60 67+40 67+20 67+00 66+80 66+60 66+40
4890
4892
4894
4896
4898
4900
4902
LEGEND
EXISTING ORDINARY HIGH WATER MARK
PROPOSED RIPRAP
PROPOSED RIFFLE DROP
PROPOSED MINOR CONTOUR
PROPOSED MAJOR CONTOUR
EXISTING MINOR CONTOUR
EXISTING MAJOR CONTOUR
PROPOSED TOE PROTECTION
EXISTING CHANNEL FLOWLINE
PROPOSED CHANNEL FLOWLINE
0
SCALE: 1" = 20'
20 10 20 40
KEY MAP
scale: 1"=500'
MATCH LINE STA 66+50 MATCH LINE STA 66+50
CHANNEL
PLAN & PROFILE
PP - 5
5 of 18
Stamp:
Checked:
Drawn:
CVT Proj. #:
SOUTHEAST COMMUNITY PARK
05.12.2015 Project Development Plan
Issue Record:
Revisions:
Consultants:
Landscape Architect
3350 Kechter Road, Fort Collins CO, 80528
1200 Bannock St.
Denver, CO 80204
Tel. 303 571.0053
Fax 303 425.0438
Ripley Design Inc.
(970) 224-5828
970-484-0117
RB+B Architects, Inc.
Architect
Civil Engineer
Interwest Design Group
(970) 674-3300
215 North Mason Street
48+00.00 (72)
STATION: 48+00.00
HORZ. SCALE: 1"=20''
VERT. SCALE: 1"=10'
48+50.00 (73)
STATION: 48+50.00
HORZ. SCALE: 1"=20''
VERT. SCALE: 1"=10'
49+00.00 (74)
STATION: 49+00.00
HORZ. SCALE: 1"=20''
VERT. SCALE: 1"=10'
49+50.00 (75)
STATION: 49+50.00
HORZ. SCALE: 1"=20''
VERT. SCALE: 1"=10'
50+00.00 (76)
STATION: 50+00.00
HORZ. SCALE: 1"=20''
VERT. SCALE: 1"=10'
50+50.00 (77)
STATION: 50+50.00
HORZ. SCALE: 1"=20''
VERT. SCALE: 1"=10'
51+00.00 (78)
STATION: 51+00.00
HORZ. SCALE: 1"=20''
VERT. SCALE: 1"=10'
51+50.00 (79)
STATION: 51+50.00
HORZ. SCALE: 1"=20''
VERT. SCALE: 1"=10'
52+00.00 (80)
STATION: 52+00.00
HORZ. SCALE: 1"=20''
VERT. SCALE: 1"=10'
52+50.00 (81)
STATION: 52+50.00
HORZ. SCALE: 1"=20''
VERT. SCALE: 1"=10'
53+00.00 (82)
STATION: 53+00.00
HORZ. SCALE: 1"=20''
VERT. SCALE: 1"=10'
53+50.00 (83)
STATION: 53+50.00
HORZ. SCALE: 1"=20''
VERT. SCALE: 1"=10'
54+00.00 (84)
STATION: 54+00.00
HORZ. SCALE: 1"=20''
VERT. SCALE: 1"=10'
54+50.00 (85)
STATION: 54+50.00
HORZ. SCALE: 1"=20''
VERT. SCALE: 1"=10'
55+00.00 (86)
STATION: 55+00.00
HORZ. SCALE: 1"=20''
VERT. SCALE: 1"=10'
57+00.00 (90)
STATION: 57+00.00
HORZ. SCALE: 1"=20''
VERT. SCALE: 1"=10'
57+50.00 (91)
STATION: 57+50.00
HORZ. SCALE: 1"=20''
VERT. SCALE: 1"=10'
58+00.00 (92)
STATION: 58+00.00
HORZ. SCALE: 1"=20''
VERT. SCALE: 1"=10'
58+50.00 (93)
STATION: 58+50.00
HORZ. SCALE: 1"=20''
VERT. SCALE: 1"=10'
59+00.00 (94)
STATION: 59+00.00
HORZ. SCALE: 1"=20''
VERT. SCALE: 1"=10'
59+50.00 (95)
STATION: 59+50.00
HORZ. SCALE: 1"=20''
VERT. SCALE: 1"=10'
60+00.00 (96)
STATION: 60+00.00
HORZ. SCALE: 1"=20''
VERT. SCALE: 1"=10'
60+50.00 (97)
STATION: 60+50.00
HORZ. SCALE: 1"=20''
VERT. SCALE: 1"=10'
61+00.00 (98)
STATION: 61+00.00
HORZ. SCALE: 1"=20''
VERT. SCALE: 1"=10'
61+50.00 (99)
STATION: 61+50.00
HORZ. SCALE: 1"=20''
VERT. SCALE: 1"=10'
62+00.00 (100)
STATION: 62+00.00
HORZ. SCALE: 1"=20''
VERT. SCALE: 1"=10'
62+50.00 (101)
STATION: 62+50.00
HORZ. SCALE: 1"=20''
VERT. SCALE: 1"=10'
63+00.00 (102)
STATION: 63+00.00
HORZ. SCALE: 1"=20''
VERT. SCALE: 1"=10'
63+50.00 (103)
STATION: 63+50.00
HORZ. SCALE: 1"=20''
VERT. SCALE: 1"=10'
64+00.00 (104)
STATION: 64+00.00
HORZ. SCALE: 1"=20''
VERT. SCALE: 1"=10'
66+00.00 (108)
STATION: 66+00.00
HORZ. SCALE: 1"=20''
VERT. SCALE: 1"=10'
66+50.00 (109)
STATION: 66+50.00
HORZ. SCALE: 1"=20''
VERT. SCALE: 1"=10'
67+00.00 (110)
STATION: 67+00.00
HORZ. SCALE: 1"=20''
VERT. SCALE: 1"=10'
67+50.00 (111)
STATION: 67+50.00
HORZ. SCALE: 1"=20''
VERT. SCALE: 1"=10'
68+00.00 (112)
STATION: 68+00.00
HORZ. SCALE: 1"=20''
VERT. SCALE: 1"=10'
68+50.00 (113)
STATION: 68+50.00
HORZ. SCALE: 1"=20''
VERT. SCALE: 1"=10'
69+00.00 (114)
STATION: 69+00.00
HORZ. SCALE: 1"=20''
VERT. SCALE: 1"=10'
69+50.00 (115)
STATION: 69+50.00
HORZ. SCALE: 1"=20''
VERT. SCALE: 1"=10'
70+00.00 (116)
STATION: 70+00.00
HORZ. SCALE: 1"=20''
VERT. SCALE: 1"=10'
PRELIMINARY
NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION
0
HORIZONTAL
SCALE: 1" =
VERTICAL
SCALE: 1" =
20'
10'
20 10 20 40
CHANNEL
CROSS SECTIONS
XS-3
8 of 18
Stamp:
Checked:
Drawn:
CVT Proj. #:
SOUTHEAST COMMUNITY PARK
05.12.2015 Project Development Plan
Issue Record:
Revisions:
Consultants:
Landscape Architect
LEGEND
EXISTING ORDINARY HIGH WATER MARK
EXISTING WETLAND TO REMAIN
EXISTING WETLAND TO BE REMOVED
PROPOSED MINOR CONTOUR
PROPOSED MAJOR CONTOUR
EXISTING MINOR CONTOUR
EXISTING MAJOR CONTOUR
PROPOSED WETLAND
EXISTING CHANNEL FLOWLINE
PROPOSED CHANNEL FLOWLINE
PROPOSED RIPRAP
PROPOSED RIFFLE DROP
PROPOSED TOE PROTECTION
0
SCALE: 1" = 20'
20 10 20 40
PRELIMINARY
NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION
MATCH LINE STA 52+50
KEY MAP
scale: 1"=500'
MATCH LINE STA 57+50
MATCH LINE STA 52+50
SF
SF
SF
SF
SF
EXISTING WETLANDS
EXISTING WETLANDS TO BE REMOVED
EXISTING WETLANDS TO REMAIN
PROPOSED WETLANDS
TOTAL WETLANDS AREA
WETLANDS SUMMARY
20,526
14,536
5,990
14,536
20,526
Stamp:
Checked:
Drawn:
CVT Proj. #:
SOUTHEAST COMMUNITY PARK
05.12.2015 Project Development Plan
Issue Record:
Revisions:
Consultants:
Landscape Architect
3350 Kechter Road, Fort Collins CO, 80528
1200 Bannock St.
Denver, CO 80204
Tel. 303 571.0053
Fax 303 425.0438
Ripley Design Inc.
(970) 224-5828
970-484-0117
RB+B Architects, Inc.
Architect
LEGEND
EXISTING ORDINARY HIGH WATER MARK
EXISTING WETLAND TO REMAIN
EXISTING WETLAND TO BE REMOVED
PROPOSED MINOR CONTOUR
PROPOSED MAJOR CONTOUR
EXISTING MINOR CONTOUR
EXISTING MAJOR CONTOUR
PROPOSED WETLAND
EXISTING CHANNEL FLOWLINE
PROPOSED CHANNEL FLOWLINE
PROPOSED RIPRAP
PROPOSED RIFFLE DROP
PROPOSED TOE PROTECTION
0
SCALE: 1" = 20'
20 10 20 40
PRELIMINARY
NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION
MATCH LINE STA 62+00
MATCH LINE STA 57+50
KEY MAP
scale: 1"=500'
MATCH LINE STA 62+00
MATCH LINE STA 66+50
Stamp:
Checked:
Drawn:
CVT Proj. #:
SOUTHEAST COMMUNITY PARK
05.12.2015 Project Development Plan
Issue Record:
Revisions:
Consultants:
Landscape Architect
3350 Kechter Road, Fort Collins CO, 80528
1200 Bannock St.
Denver, CO 80204
Tel. 303 571.0053
Fax 303 425.0438
Ripley Design Inc.
(970) 224-5828
970-484-0117
RB+B Architects, Inc.
Architect
Civil Engineer
Interwest Design Group
(970) 674-3300
215 North Mason Street
Fort Collins, Colorado 80521
tel: 970.221.6360
www.fcgov.com/parkplanning/
2-13-0010
Mechanical Engineer
Abrahamson Engineering, Inc.
970-221-2569
Lighting Design
Clanton & Associates
303-530-7229
Irrigation Design
LEGEND
EXISTING ORDINARY HIGH WATER MARK
EXISTING WETLAND TO REMAIN
EXISTING WETLAND TO BE REMOVED
PROPOSED MINOR CONTOUR
PROPOSED MAJOR CONTOUR
EXISTING MINOR CONTOUR
EXISTING MAJOR CONTOUR
PROPOSED WETLAND
EXISTING CHANNEL FLOWLINE
PROPOSED CHANNEL FLOWLINE
PROPOSED RIPRAP
PROPOSED RIFFLE DROP
PROPOSED TOE PROTECTION
0
SCALE: 1" = 20'
20 10 20 40
PRELIMINARY
NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION
MATCH LINE STA 66+50
Stamp:
Checked:
Drawn:
CVT Proj. #:
SOUTHEAST COMMUNITY PARK
05.12.2015 Project Development Plan
Issue Record:
Revisions:
Consultants:
Landscape Architect
3350 Kechter Road, Fort Collins CO, 80528
1200 Bannock St.
Denver, CO 80204
Tel. 303 571.0053
Fax 303 425.0438
Ripley Design Inc.
(970) 224-5828
970-484-0117
RB+B Architects, Inc.
Architect
Civil Engineer
Interwest Design Group
(970) 674-3300
215 North Mason Street
Fort Collins, Colorado 80521
tel: 970.221.6360
www.fcgov.com/parkplanning/
2-13-0010
Mechanical Engineer
Abrahamson Engineering, Inc.
970-221-2569
Lighting Design
Clanton & Associates
303-530-7229
Irrigation Design
Hines Inc
970-282-1800
PROJECT DEVELOPMENT PLAN
Drawing Name:
09.02.2015 Project Development Plan
LEGEND
EXISTING ORDINARY HIGH WATER MARK
PROPOSED MINOR CONTOUR
PROPOSED MAJOR CONTOUR
EXISTING MINOR CONTOUR
EXISTING MAJOR CONTOUR
EXISTING CHANNEL FLOWLINE
PROPOSED CHANNEL FLOWLINE
COIR MATTING
(REFER TO DT-7)
0
SCALE: 1" = 20'
20 10 20 40
PRELIMINARY
NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION
MATCH LINE STA 52+50
KEY MAP
scale: 1"=500'
ERC-3
ERC-1
ERC-2
ERC-1
ERC-2
MATCH LINE STA 57+50
MATCH LINE STA 52+50
EROSION
CONTROL PLAN
ERC - 1
17 of 18
Stamp:
Checked:
Drawn:
CVT Proj. #:
SOUTHEAST COMMUNITY PARK
05.12.2015 Project Development Plan
Issue Record:
Revisions:
Consultants:
Landscape Architect
3350 Kechter Road, Fort Collins CO, 80528
1200 Bannock St.
Denver, CO 80204
Tel. 303 571.0053
Fax 303 425.0438
Ripley Design Inc.
(970) 224-5828
970-484-0117
RB+B Architects, Inc.
Architect
Civil Engineer
Interwest Design Group
(970) 674-3300
215 North Mason Street
Fort Collins, Colorado 80521
tel: 970.221.6360
www.fcgov.com/parkplanning/
2-13-0010
Mechanical Engineer
Abrahamson Engineering, Inc.
970-221-2569
LEGEND
EXISTING ORDINARY HIGH WATER MARK
PROPOSED MINOR CONTOUR
PROPOSED MAJOR CONTOUR
EXISTING MINOR CONTOUR
EXISTING MAJOR CONTOUR
EXISTING CHANNEL FLOWLINE
PROPOSED CHANNEL FLOWLINE
COIR MATTING
(REFER TO DT-7)
0
SCALE: 1" = 20'
20 10 20 40
PRELIMINARY
NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION
MATCH LINE STA 62+00
MATCH LINE STA 57+50
KEY MAP
scale: 1"=500'
MATCH LINE STA 62+00
MATCH LINE STA 66+50
EROSION
CONTROL PLAN
ERC - 2
17 of 18
Stamp:
Checked:
Drawn:
CVT Proj. #:
SOUTHEAST COMMUNITY PARK
05.12.2015 Project Development Plan
Issue Record:
Revisions:
Consultants:
Landscape Architect
3350 Kechter Road, Fort Collins CO, 80528
1200 Bannock St.
Denver, CO 80204
Tel. 303 571.0053
Fax 303 425.0438
Ripley Design Inc.
(970) 224-5828
970-484-0117
RB+B Architects, Inc.
Architect
Civil Engineer
Interwest Design Group
(970) 674-3300
215 North Mason Street
Fort Collins, Colorado 80521
tel: 970.221.6360
www.fcgov.com/parkplanning/
2-13-0010
Mechanical Engineer
Abrahamson Engineering, Inc.
970-221-2569
Lighting Design
Clanton & Associates
303-530-7229
Irrigation Design
LEGEND
EXISTING ORDINARY HIGH WATER MARK
PROPOSED MINOR CONTOUR
PROPOSED MAJOR CONTOUR
EXISTING MINOR CONTOUR
EXISTING MAJOR CONTOUR
EXISTING CHANNEL FLOWLINE
PROPOSED CHANNEL FLOWLINE
COIR MATTING
(REFER TO DT-7)
0
SCALE: 1" = 20'
20 10 20 40
PRELIMINARY
NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION
MATCH LINE STA 66+50
KEY MAP
scale: 1"=500'
5
2
3
1
4
EROSION
CONTROL PLAN
ERC - 3
16 of 18
Stamp:
Checked:
Drawn:
CVT Proj. #:
SOUTHEAST COMMUNITY PARK
05.12.2015 Project Development Plan
Issue Record:
Revisions:
Consultants:
Landscape Architect
3350 Kechter Road, Fort Collins CO, 80528
1200 Bannock St.
Denver, CO 80204
Tel. 303 571.0053
Fax 303 425.0438
Ripley Design Inc.
(970) 224-5828
970-484-0117
RB+B Architects, Inc.
Architect
Civil Engineer
Interwest Design Group
(970) 674-3300
215 North Mason Street
Fort Collins, Colorado 80521
tel: 970.221.6360
www.fcgov.com/parkplanning/
2-13-0010
Mechanical Engineer
Abrahamson Engineering, Inc.
970-221-2569
Lighting Design
Clanton & Associates
(SECTION - A) THROUGH POOL
NTS
(SECTION - B) THROUGH DOWNSTREAM BOULDER SILL
NTS
PLAN
NTS
(SECTION - C) TYPICAL RIFFLE DROP
NTS
TOE PROTECTION TYPICAL DETAIL
NTS
C
A B
RIFFLE DROP TYPICAL DETAIL
NTS
EXISTING DROP STABILIZATION DETAIL
NTS
PRELIMINARY
NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION
CHANNEL
CONSTRUCTION
DETAILS
DT - 1
17 of 18
Stamp:
Checked:
Drawn:
CVT Proj. #:
SOUTHEAST COMMUNITY PARK
05.12.2015 Project Development Plan
Issue Record:
Revisions:
Consultants:
Landscape Architect
3350 Kechter Road, Fort Collins CO, 80528
1200 Bannock St.
Denver, CO 80204
Tel. 303 571.0053
Fax 303 425.0438
Ripley Design Inc.
(970) 224-5828
970-484-0117
RB+B Architects, Inc.
Architect
Civil Engineer
Interwest Design Group
(970) 674-3300
215 North Mason Street
Fort Collins, Colorado 80521
tel: 970.221.6360
www.fcgov.com/parkplanning/
2-13-0010
Mechanical Engineer
Abrahamson Engineering, Inc.
970-221-2569
Lighting Design
Clanton & Associates
303-530-7229
Irrigation Design
Hines Inc
970-282-1800
PRELIMINARY
NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION
CHANNEL
CONSTRUCTION
DETAILS
DT - 1
17 of 18
Stamp:
Checked:
Drawn:
CVT Proj. #:
SOUTHEAST COMMUNITY PARK
05.12.2015 Project Development Plan
Issue Record:
Revisions:
Consultants:
Landscape Architect
3350 Kechter Road, Fort Collins CO, 80528
1200 Bannock St.
Denver, CO 80204
Tel. 303 571.0053
Fax 303 425.0438
Ripley Design Inc.
(970) 224-5828
970-484-0117
RB+B Architects, Inc.
Architect
Civil Engineer
Interwest Design Group
(970) 674-3300
215 North Mason Street
Fort Collins, Colorado 80521
tel: 970.221.6360
www.fcgov.com/parkplanning/
2-13-0010
Mechanical Engineer
Abrahamson Engineering, Inc.
970-221-2569
Lighting Design
Clanton & Associates
303-530-7229
Irrigation Design
Hines Inc
970-282-1800
PROJECT DEVELOPMENT PLAN
Drawing Name:
09.02.2015 Project Development Plan
61 61
03.23.2016 Final Development Plan
OF
DT-11
03 03/23/16
A2 A‐10
N
A‐10
A4
A3 A‐10
A‐10
A1
A1
A‐11
A1
A‐11
A2
A‐11
A3
A‐11
F1 F2 F3 F4 F5
FB
FC
FD
FE
FF
FA
1'-0" 1'-0" 2'-0"
3'-6" 2'-7 1/2"3'-6"2'-7 1/2" 3'-6"
24'-0"
06 20 23.A6
6"x 1" COMPOSITE WOOD SLATS
05 12 00.A1
8"x 6" STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING
RE: STRUCTURAL
A4
A‐11
A‐11
C5
A‐11
C3
8'-6"
05 12 00
STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING
8'-1" 8'-1"
10'-0"
09 91 13.B4
PT‐4
TYP. FOR STEEL UNLESS NOTED
FREE‐STANDING BBQ GRILL
4'-0" 16'-0" 4'-0"
03 45 00.A1
PRECAST ARCHITECTURAL CONCRETE
COUNTER, SINGLE PIECE, 15'‐9" LONG
WITH CUT OUTS FOR BBQ GRILLS
N
2 7/8" / 12"
2 7/8" / 12"
F1 F2 F3 F4 F5
FB
FC
FD
FE
FF
FA
8" 2'-10" 2'-10" 2'-10" 2'-10" 2'-10" 2'-10" 2'-10"
A‐11
C4
Sim
EQ EQ
05 12 00.A1
8"x 6" STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING
06 20 23.A6
6"x 1" COMPOSITE WOOD SLATS
05 12 00.A3
4"X 4" STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING
RE: STRUCTURAL
RE: STRUCTURAL
TYP.
1/4"
A‐11
C4
05 12 00.A4
3"X 3" STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING
06 10 00.A2
WOOD BLOCKING
06 20 23.A5
WOOD CEILING
05 12 00.A2
6"X 4" STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING
07 41 13.A9
METAL ROOF PANEL (TYPE 1)
RE: STRUCTURAL
RE: STRUCTURAL
RE: STRUCTURAL
2"x 3"
05 12 00.A1
8"x 6" STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING
RE: STRUCTURAL
5'-4"
1/2" 2"
05 70 00.C3
PAINTED STEEL PANEL
05 12 00.A1
8"x 6" STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING
1/4"
2"
108'‐0"
100'‐0"
110'‐0"
112'‐0"
122'‐0"
OPEN AREA
OPEN
FOUNDATION,
RE: STRUCTURAL
F1 F2 F3 F4 F5
15'-0"
EQ EQ EQ EQ EQ EQ EQ
2"
2"
8'-6"
2" EQ EQ EQ EQ
8"
TYP.
FD FD
FD
B4 A‐31
A2 A‐31
A‐31
A1
A‐31
B1
C1
A‐32
C1
A‐32
A1
A‐33
A1
A‐33
A1
A‐32
A1
A‐32
RS1 RS2 RS3 RS4
RSA
RSB
RSC
C1
A‐33
STORAGE
101
MENS
102
CHASE
102-A
CHASE
103-A
WOMENS
103
88'-0"
102A-A
102-A 103-A
103A-A
1'-4" 1'-4"
10" 10"
26'-0"
1'-0" 8'-0" 3'-4" 1'-4" 3'-4" 2'-0" 1'-0"
1'-0" 8'-0" 3'-4" 1'-4" 3'-4" 2'-0" 1'-0"
FAF
FAF
SCONC
RB
FAF
FAF
SCONC
RB
SCONC
RB
X2
X2
X1
X1
X2 X2
F1 F2 F3 F4 F5
FA
FB
10'-0"
FC
FD
FE
FF
8'-4" 10'-0" 10'-0" 10'-0"
8'-6" 8'-1" 8'-1" 4'-6"
C43
C43
C43
C43
C43
C43
C864
C863
C863
C863
C863
C864
C863
C863
C863
C863
C43 C43
F4.0
( 97'-6" )
F4.0
( 97'-6" )
F4.0
( 97'-6" )
F4.0
( 97'-6" )
F4.0
( 97'-6" )
F4.0
( 97'-6" )
F4.0
( 97'-6" )
F4.0
( 97'-6" )
F4.0
( 97'-6" )
F4.0
( 97'-6" )
F4.0
( 97'-6" )
F4.0
( 97'-6" )
F4.0
( 97'-6" )
F4.0
( 97'-6" )
F4.0
( 97'-6" )
F4.0
( 97'-6" )
F4.0
35'-1"
2
S-16
4'-6"
6'-6"
6" 5'-6" 6"
2
S-16
BRIDGE TETHER
• 3/4"Ø 6x19 CLASS IWRC-IPS WIRE ROPE x 10'-0
OVERALL WORKING LENGTH
• CONNECT ANCHORED END TO EMBEDED END LINK W/
STANDARD WIRE ROPE THIMBLE AND (4) 3/4" WIRE ROPE CLIPS
EQUALLY SPACED ON 18" TURN-BACK
• LOOP TETHERED END AROUND NORTH END OF UP STREAM BOTTOM
CHORD. TERMINATE 18" TURN BACK W/ (4) 3/4"Ø WIRE ROPE CLIPS
EQUALLY SPACED.
NOTE: INSTALL CLIPS WITH SADDLES RESTING ON LIVE END OF WIRE ROPE
3
S-16
S-16
4
1" WELDLESS END LINK
EMBEDED IN CONCRETE ABUTTMENT WALL ON
UPSTREAM END - 6" MIN CLEARANCE TO END OF WALL
REMOVE & REPLACE EXISTING BRIDGE DECK
W/ NEW TREATED 2x6 DECKING
3
35'-0" OVERALL BRIDGE LENGTH
(FIELD VERIFY)
6" 1'-0"
35'-1"
4'-0"
1'-0"
1'-0" 2'-8" 6 3/4"
4"
SEE CIVIL
SEE CIVIL
1/2"
NOTE: DO NOT ANCHOR BRIDGE
STRUCTURE TO ABUTTMENT
1'-6"
(3) #6 CONT
(3) #6 HORIZ EACH FACE,
EQUALLY SPACED
2"
CONT #6
#5 DOWELS @ 12"
W/ STD HOOK EACH FAC
ADD (2) #6 x 3'-0 DOWELS W/ STANDARD
HOOK ABOVE AND BELOW END LINK
6"
2 1/2"
1" END LINK
ADD (1) #6 x 2'-4 THROUGH END LINK
INSTALL TIGHT TO BACK OF LOOP
SEE 2/S-16 FOR ABUTTMENT
REINFORCING
BRIDGE TETHER, (SEE NOTES)
HELICAL PIERS
11'-0"
10'-0 6"
6" "
9
0'-2"
2
S-18
2
S-18
9'-0"
BRIDGE TETHER
• 3/4"Ø 6x19 CLASS IWRC-IPS WIRE ROPE x 12'-0
OVERALL WORKING LENGTH
• CONNECT ANCHORED END TO EMBEDED END LINK W/
STANDARD WIRE ROPE THIMBLE AND (4) 3/4" WIRE ROPE CLIPS
EQUALLY SPACED ON 18" TURN-BACK
• LOOP TETHERED END AROUND NORTH END OF UP STREAM BOTTOM
CHORD. TERMINATE 18" TURN BACK W/ (4) 3/4"Ø WIRE ROPE CLIPS
EQUALLY SPACED.
NOTE: INSTALL CLIPS WITH SADDLES RESTING ON LIVE END OF WIRE ROPE
1" WELDLESS END LINK
EMBEDED IN CONCRETE ABUTTMENT WALL ON
UPSTREAM END - 6" MIN CLEARANCE TO END OF WALL
REMOVE & REPLACE EXISTING BRIDGE DECK
W/ NEW TREATED 2x6 DECKING
3
S-18
S-18
4
3
90'-0" OVERALL BRIDGE LENGTH
(FIELD VERIFY)
6" 1'-0"
1"
90'-2"
SEE CIVIL
1'-0" 2'-8" 11 1/2"
SEE CIVIL
4"
1'-0"
4'-0"
1'-6"
2"
CONT #6
#5 DOWELS @ 12"
W/ STD HOOK EACH FACE
(3) #6 HORIZ EACH FACE
EQUALLY SPACED
(3) #6 CONT
NOTE: DO NOT ANCHOR BRIDGE
STRUCTURE TO ABUTTMENT
ADD (2) #6 x 3'-0 DOWELS W/ STANDARD
HOOK ABOVE AND BELOW END LINK
6"
2 1/2"
1" END LINK
ADD (1) #6 x 2'-4 THROUGH END LINK
INSTALL TIGHT TO BACK OF LOOP
SEE 2/S-18 FOR ABUTTMENT
REINFORCING
BRIDGE TETHER, (SEE NOTES)
HELICAL PIERS
(DESIGNED & INSTALLED BY
QUALIFIED CONTRACTOR)
NORTH ABUTTMENT ONLY
TETHER=33K
GRAVITY LOADS
ABUTTMENT DEAD LOAD 11K
BRIDGE DEAD LOAD
REACTION
10.7K
BRIDGE LIVE LOAD
REACTION
21.6K
Ripley Design Inc.
(970) 224-5828
970-484-0117
RB+B Architects, Inc.
Interwest Design Group
(970) 674-3300
Abrahamson Engineering, Inc.
970-221-2569
Clanton & Associates
303-530-7229
Hines Inc
970-282-1800
5480 Ziegler Road, Fort Collins CO, 80528
95% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
Landscape Architect
Architect
Civil Engineer
Mechanical Engineer
Lighting Design
Irrigation Design
SOUTHEAST COMMUNITY PARK
07.21.2015 75% Construction Documents
x x
x x
x x
x x
x x
x x
x x
x x
x x
x x
x x
2-13-0010
Stamp:
Checked:
Drawn:
CVT Proj. #:
Issue Record:
Revisions:
Consultants:
1200 Bannock St.
Denver, CO 80204
Tel. 303 571.0053
Fax 303 425.0438
215 North Mason Street
Fort Collins, Colorado 80521
tel: 970.221.6360
www.fcgov.com/parkplanning/
Drawing Name:
JVA #16342
HMH
MJM
12.04.2015 90% Construction Documents
02.09.2016 95% Construction Documents
03.22.2016 Addendum 3
S-18
BRIDGE 3 FOUNDATION PLAN
0 2' 4' 8' 16'
1/8"
S-18 1/8" = 1'-0"
1 BRIDGE 3 (RELOCATED BRIDGE)
0 6" 1' 2' 3'
3/4"
S-18 3/4" = 1'-0"
2 DETAIL
0 6" 1' 2' 3'
3/4"
S-18 3/4" = 1'-0"
3 DETAIL
0 1' 2' 4' 8'
1/4"
S-18 1/4" = 1'-0"
4 PLAN VIEW
(DESIGNED & INSTALLED BY
QUALIFIED CONTRACTOR)
NORTH ABUTTMENT ONLY
TETHER=7.5K
GRAVITY LOADS
ABUTTMENT DEAD LOAD 6K
BRIDGE DEAD LOAD
REACTION
1.5K
BRIDGE LIVE LOAD
REACTION
8K
Ripley Design Inc.
(970) 224-5828
970-484-0117
RB+B Architects, Inc.
Interwest Design Group
(970) 674-3300
Abrahamson Engineering, Inc.
970-221-2569
Clanton & Associates
303-530-7229
Hines Inc
970-282-1800
5480 Ziegler Road, Fort Collins CO, 80528
95% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
Landscape Architect
Architect
Civil Engineer
Mechanical Engineer
Lighting Design
Irrigation Design
SOUTHEAST COMMUNITY PARK
07.21.2015 75% Construction Documents
x x
x x
x x
x x
x x
x x
x x
x x
x x
x x
x x
2-13-0010
Stamp:
Checked:
Drawn:
CVT Proj. #:
Issue Record:
Revisions:
Consultants:
1200 Bannock St.
Denver, CO 80204
Tel. 303 571.0053
Fax 303 425.0438
215 North Mason Street
Fort Collins, Colorado 80521
tel: 970.221.6360
www.fcgov.com/parkplanning/
Drawing Name:
JVA #16342
HMH
MJM
12.04.2015 90% Construction Documents
02.09.2016 95% Construction Documents
03.22.2016 Addendum 3
S-16
BRIDGE 1 FOUNDATION PLAN
0 2' 4' 8' 16'
1/8"
S-16 1/8" = 1'-0"
1 BRIDGE 1
0 6" 1' 2' 3'
3/4"
S-16 3/4" = 1'-0"
2 DETAIL
0 6" 1' 2' 3'
3/4"
S-16 3/4" = 1'-0"
3 DETAIL
0 6" 1' 2' 3'
3/4"
S-16 1/4" = 1'-0"
4 PLAN VIEW
( 97'-6" )
F4.0
( 97'-6" )
C43
F4.0
( 97'-6" )
7
SIM S-41
7
TYP S-41
TYPICAL 1'-4x1'-4
PILASTER, TOC = 99'-4
1
S-11
7
S-11
8'-6" 20'-8" 9'-6"
8
S-11
BPA1 BPB1
BPA1
BPA1
BPA1
BPA1
BPA1
BPB1
BPB1
BPB1
BPB1
BPA1 BPA1 BPA1
BPB1
BPB1
BPB1
BPB1
BPB1
F36 ( 97'-4" )
2
S-10
1
S-10
24'-0" 8'-0"
C43
F2.0
( 97'-6" )
BPA1
C43
F2.0
( 97'-6" )
BPA1
4'-6" 3'-7"
* JOIST BEARING ELEVATION INDICATED THUS: JB XXX'-XX
* SEE ARCH AND MECH DRAWINGS FOR SIZE AND LOCATION OF ROOF OPENINGS AND PENETRATIONS
NORTH 0 2' 4' 8' 16'
TYPICAL ROOF SHEATHING:
15/32" APA 32/16 RATED SHEATHING FASTENED WITH 8d NAILS
(0.113"Ø x 2 3/8") @ 6" ALONG PANEL EDGES AND @ 6" ALONG
INTERMEDIATE FRAMING MEMBERS. LAY PANELS PERPENDICULAR
TO FRAMING MEMBERS AND STAGGER PANEL JOINTS. * 100'-0 = USGS XXX.XX'
* TOP OF PERIMETER STEM WALL ELEVATION = 100'-0 UNLESS NOTED THUS: XXX'-X
NORTH
0 2' 4' 8' 16'
TYPICAL EXPOSED INTERIOR SLAB-ON-GRADE:
4" THICK CONCRETE SLAB ON 4" GRAVEL AND COMPACTED
STRUCTURAL FILL PER SOILS REPORT. PLACE 15 MIL VAPOR
BARRIER IMMEDIATELY UNDERNEATH SLAB. REINFORCE
SLAB WITH #4 @ 18", EACH WAY AT MID-DEPTH. SEE DETAIL
3/S-31. ADD (1) #4 x 2'-6 DIAGONAL BARS AT MID-DEPTH
OF SLAB AT ALL RE-ENTRANT CORNERS.
F1 F2 F3 F4 F5
FA
FB
FC
FD
FE
FF
8'-6" 8'-1" 8'-1" 4'-6"
8'-4" 10'-0" 10'-0" 10'-0" 10'-0"
HSS6X4X3/16 HSS8X6X3/16
HSS6X4X3/16
HSS6X4X3/16
HSS6X4X3/16
HSS6X4X3/16 HSS8X6X1/4
HSS6X4X3/16
HSS6X4X3/16 HSS6X4X3/16 HSS6X4X3/16
HSS6X4X3/16
HSS6X4X3/16
HSS8X6X3/16
HSS8X6X3/16
HSS8X6X3/16 HSS8X6X3/16
HSS8X6X3/16 HSS8X6X3/16
HSS8X6X1/4
HSS8X6X3/16
HSS3X3X3/16
HSS3X3X3/16
HSS3X3X3/16
HSS3X3X3/16
HSS6X4X3/16
HSS3X3X3/16
HSS3X3X3/16
HSS3X3X3/16
HSS8X6X3/16
7
S-11
HSS3X3X3/16 BRACING,
TYPICAL (THIS BAY ONLY)
8
S-11
TYPICAL, UNO
SEE PLAN
2'-8"
GRADE, SEE CIVIL
8'-0"
3" CLR
GROUT CMU SOLID
BELOW GRADE
1'-0" 2'-0"
4" PRECAST CONCRETE
W/ #3 @ 12" EACH EAY CENTERED
TRIM OPENINGS W/ #3
AND EXTEND 12" PAST EACH
OPENING EDGE, SEE ARCH
3
S-10
3
1
S-10
#5 DOWELS x 3'-4
W/ STD HOOKS EACH FACE
(MATCH SPACING OF VERT REINFORCING)
#5 VERT @ 48" EACH FACE
#5 VERT EACH FACE
(2) #5 CONT, EACH FACE
#5 VERT EACH FACE
#5 VERT @ 48" EACH FACE
2" 2"
0
2"Ø CAST IN
COUNTER BORE x 1 1/2" DEEP
6"
EMBED PL3/8x5 x 0'-5
W/ (1) 1/2"Ø x 2 1/2" HAS
COORDINATE W/ FLAT
BAR PLACEMENT
3/4 x 4" FLAT BAR @ 24"
AND AT EDGES OF OPENINGS
COORDINATE W/ ANCHOR BOLT
PLACEMENT
3/16 2
TYP EA PL
5/8"Ø AB x 6" EMBED
W/ STD HOOK @ 3'-0
(COORDINATE W/ FLAT BAR PLACEMENT)
Ripley Design Inc.
(970) 224-5828
970-484-0117
RB+B Architects, Inc.
Interwest Design Group
(970) 674-3300
Abrahamson Engineering, Inc.
970-221-2569
Clanton & Associates
303-530-7229
Hines Inc
970-282-1800
5480 Ziegler Road, Fort Collins CO, 80528
95% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
Landscape Architect
Architect
Civil Engineer
Mechanical Engineer
Lighting Design
Irrigation Design
SOUTHEAST COMMUNITY PARK
07.21.2015 75% Construction Documents
x x
x x
x x
x x
x x
x x
x x
x x
x x
x x
x x
2-13-0010
Stamp:
Checked:
Drawn:
CVT Proj. #:
Issue Record:
Revisions:
Consultants:
1200 Bannock St.
Denver, CO 80204
Tel. 303 571.0053
Fax 303 425.0438
215 North Mason Street
Fort Collins, Colorado 80521
tel: 970.221.6360
www.fcgov.com/parkplanning/
Drawing Name:
JVA #16342
HMH
MJM
12.04.2015 90% Construction Documents
02.09.2016 95% Construction Documents
03.22.2016 Addendum 3
S-10
FARMHOUSE FOUNDATION AND ROOF
PLANS
1/8" = 1'-0"
ROOF FRAMING PLAN - FARMHOUSE
1/8" = 1'-0"
FOUNDATION PLAN - FARMHOUSE
S-10 1/2" = 1'-0"
1 DETAIL
S-10 1/2" = 1'-0"
2 ELEVATION
0 6" 1' 2' 4' 0 6" 1' 2' 4'
0 6" 1' 2' 3'
3/4"
S-10 3/4" = 1'-0"
3 DETAIL
3
A30
A30
A30
A30
A30
X2
X2
1'-6" 5'-1" 3'-1" 3'-1" 1'-7" 6'-0" 5'-8" 5'-8" 7'-7" 3'-1" 3'-1" 5'-1" 1'-6"
8" 4'-8"
4'-6" 3'-0" 7'-9"
4'-8" 8"
X1
X1
7'-9" 3'-0" 4'-6"
40'-0" 20'-0" 28'-0"
13'-0"
6'-0"
6'-0"
22'-8"
13'-7 5/8" 6'-4 3/8"
A2
A‐33
09 91 13.B3
PT‐3
09 91 13.B1
PT‐1
‐3 SIDES
‐TYP
A‐31
D4
D3
A‐31
D2
D1
09 91 13.B2
PT‐2
09 91 13.B1
PT‐1
‐TYP
3 SIDES
2'-0" 2'-0"
09 91 13.B1
PT‐1
09 91 13.B1
PT‐1
09 91 13.B1
PT‐1
09 91 13.B1
PT‐1
09 91 13.B1
PT‐1
09 91 13.B1
PT‐1
20'-0"
EQ 5'-0" EQ EQ 5'-0" EQ
B1
A2 A1
20'-8"
8" 10'-0"
11'-4 3/8"
X1
X1
09 91 13.B1
PT‐1
09 91 13.B1
PT‐1
09 91 13.B1
PT‐1
09 91 13.B1
PT‐1
3'-4" 2'-8"
7' 4" TALL OPENING
05 70 00.C2
ALUMINUM SIGNAGE
05 70 00.C2
ALUMINUM SIGNAGE
(MENS) (WOMENS)
A‐33
B2
09 91 13.B1
PT‐1
09 91 13.B1
PT‐1
09 91 13.B1
PT‐1
09 91 13.B1
PT‐1
09 91 13.B1
PT‐1
09 91 13.B1
PT‐1
09 91 13.B1
PT‐1
09 91 13.B1
PT‐1
A‐33
C2
Sim
A‐33
C2
Sim
Addendum
03
Addendum
03
Addendum
03
Addendum
03
C1
A‐32
C1
A‐32
A1
A‐32
A1
A‐32
RS1 RS2 RS3 RS4
RSA
RSB
RSC
3'-4" 2'-8" 3'-4" 6'-0" 2'-8" 3'-4" 2'-0" 2'-0" 3'-4" 2'-8" 3'-4" 2'-8" 3'-4" 2'-8" 3'-4"
11'-4" 1'-4" 11'-4" 8" 8" 11'-4" 1'-4" 11'-4"
VARIES
C1
VARIES
C1
VARIES
C2
111'‐2"
113'‐4"
111'‐2"
113'‐4"
109'‐9"
113'‐7"
S2 S2 S2 S2 S2 S2 S2 S2
S1 S1 S1 S1
09 91 13.B1
PT‐1
09 91 13.B1
PT‐1
09 91 13.B1
PT‐1
RS1
RS2 RS3
RS4
RSA
RSB
RSC
2 1/8" / 12"
07 41 13.A4
SNOW GUARDS
CG
CS
CPT
CPTILE
CT
CB
EPT
FAF
FM
GYP BD
LINO
PT
PAF
OP
RB
RT
SCONC
CORNER GUARD
CLEAR SEALER
CARPET
CARPET TILE
CERAMIC TILE
COVE BASE
EPOXY PAINT
FLUID APPLIED FLOORING
FLOOR MAT
GYPSUM BOARD
LINOLEUM
PAINT
POURED ACRYLIC FLOORING
OPERABLE PARTITION
RUBBER BASE
RUBBER TREAD
SEALED CONCRETE
LEGEND
C1 09 64 00 WOOD SLAT
C2 07 40 00 METAL PANEL #2
LINEAR WALL‐MOUNTED LIGHT FIXTURE
UTILITY LIGHT FIXTURE
RECESSED CAN LIGHT
Ripley Design Inc.
(970) 224-5828
970-484-0117
RB+B Architects, Inc.
Interwest Design Group
(970) 674-3300
Abrahamson Engineering, Inc.
970-221-2569
Clanton & Associates
303-530-7229
Hines Inc
970-282-1800
3350 Kechter Road, Fort Collins CO, 80528
95% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
Landscape Architect
Architect
Civil Engineer
Mechanical Engineer
Lighting Design
Irrigation Design
SOUTHEAST COMMUNITY PARK
7.21.2015 75% Construction Documents
12.04.2015 90% Construction Documents
x x
02.09.2016 95% Construction Documents
x x
x x
x x
x x
xx
xx
xx
xx
xx
xx
xx
2-13-0010
Stamp:
Checked:
Drawn:
CVT Proj. #:
Issue Record:
Revisions:
Consultants:
1200 Bannock St.
Denver, CO 80204
Tel. 303 571.0053
Fax 303 425.0438
215 North Mason Street
Fort Collins, Colorado 80521
tel: 970.221.6360
www.fcgov.com/parkplanning/
Drawing Name:
A-30
PLANS - PROTOTYPE
RESTROOM
C2 PROTOTYPE 1/4" = 1'-0" RESTROOM ‐ FLOOR PLAN
B2 PROTOTYPE 1/8" = 1'-0" RESTROOM ‐ REFLECTED CEILING PLAN
A2 PROTOTYPE 1/8" = 1'-0" RESTROOM ‐ ROOF PLAN
ABBREVIATIONS
GENERAL NOTES: REFLECTED CEILING PLAN
PAINT COLORS RESTROOM
TYPE SPECIFICATION DESCRIPTION
PT‐109 91 13.B1 EPOXY PAINT, COLOR ‐ DIAMOND VOGEL, ACOUSTIC
WHITE
PT‐209 91 13.B2 EPOXY PAINT, COLOR ‐ DIAMOND VOGEL, SCIENCE
EXPERIMENT
PT‐309 91 13.B3 EPOXY PAINT, COLOR ‐ DIAMOND VOGEL, LEMON DREAM
03.22.2016 Addendum 03 03
2'-10"
06 20 23.A6
6"x 1" COMPOSITE WOOD SLATS
05 12 00.A3
4"X 4" STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING
RE: STRUCTURAL
05 12 00.A4
3"X 3" STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING
06 10 00.A2
WOOD BLOCKING
06 20 23.A5
WOOD CEILING
07 41 13.A9
METAL ROOF PANEL (TYPE 1)
RE: STRUCTURAL
2"x 3"
05 12 00.A1
8"x 6" STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING
RE: STRUCTURAL
07 41 13.A9
METAL ROOF PANEL (TYPE 1)
05 12 00.A4
3"X 3" STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING
06 10 00.A2
WOOD BLOCKING
06 20 23.A5
WOOD CEILING
05 12 00.A2
6"X 4" STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING
05 12 00.A3
4"X 4" STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING
RE: STRUCTURAL
RE: STRUCTURAL
RE: STRUCTURAL
TYP
8"
TYP
8"
TYP
8"
1 3/4"
TYP
8"
TYP
8"
TYP
8"
1 3/4"
A‐11
C2
A‐11
C2
Sim
A‐11
C2
Sim
A‐11
C1
2"
07 41 13.A9
METAL ROOF PANEL (TYPE 1)
05 12 00.A4
3"X 3" STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING
07 63 00.A1
METAL FLASHING
05 50 00.A3
1/4" WELDED STEEL PLATE
06 20 23.A5
WOOD CEILING
05 12 00.A1
8"x 6" STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING
RE: STRUCTURAL
RE: STRUCTURAL
EQ EQ
06 10 00.A2
WOOD BLOCKING
2"x 3"
A‐11
B4
FREE STANDING BBQ GRILL
COUNTER, SINGLE PIECE, WITH
1'-0" 1'-0" 2'-0" CUT OUTS FOR BBQ GRILLS
1/2" STEEL PLATE SUPPORT
RE: STRUCTURAL
SEE PLAN FOR LOCATIONS
03 45 00.A1
PRECAST ARCHITECTURAL CONCRETE
04 20 00.B0
CMU
1"
1" 1"
05 50 00.A3
1/4" WELDED STEEL PLATE
05 50 00.A4
2"x 1" x 1/8" STEEL TUBE
ANCHOR TO CMU
WELD TO OUTSIDE EDGE OF STEEL TUBE
04 20 00.B0
CMU
11 5/8"
CUT OUT IN STEEL PLATE TO ACCOMODATE
LIGHTING FIXTURE. REF ELECTRIC
GROUTED
ANCHOR IN GROUTED CELL
03 45 00.A1
PRECAST ARCHITECTURAL CONCRETE
1/4" / 12"
1/4" / 12"
09 91 13.B5
PT‐5
1"
1"
04 20 00.B0
CMU
05 50 00.A4
2"x 1" x 1/8" STEEL TUBE
05 50 00.A3
1/4" WELDED STEEL PLATE
03 45 00.A1
PRECAST ARCHITECTURAL CONCRETE
GROUT SOLID
BOLT TO CMU WALL
WELD TO OUTSIDE EDGE OF STEEL TUBE
09 91 13.B5
PT‐5
1 1/2"
07 92 00.A1
SEALANT
CONDUIT
RE: ELECTRIC
05 70 00.C3
PAINTED STEEL PANEL
05 50 00.A5
1/2" WELDED STEEL PLATE
05 12 00.A3
4"X 4" STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING
TYP
3'-10" 2"
TYP
2"
05 50 00.A5
1/2" WELDED STEEL PLATE
WELD TO 1/2" STEEL PLATE FRAME, PT‐5
3"
PT‐4
PT‐4
F2
2"
4 1/2"
6"
07 41 13.A9
METAL ROOF PANEL (TYPE 1)
05 12 00.A4
3"X 3" STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING
06 10 00.B4
PRESERVATIVE TREATED WOOD BLOCKING
05 50 00.A3
1/4" WELDED STEEL PLATE
06 20 23.A5
WOOD CEILING
05 12 00
STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING
2"x 3"
PT‐4
07 41 13.A10
NEOPRENE METAL DECK CLOSER
F2
6"
05 12 00.A4
3"X 3" STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING
05 50 00.A3
1/4" WELDED STEEL PLATE
06 10 00.A2
WOOD BLOCKING
07 41 13.A9
METAL ROOF PANEL (TYPE 1)
06 20 23.A5
WOOD CEILING
05 12 00.A1
8"x 6" STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING
2"x 3"
2"
WEATHER TREATED
PT‐4
07 41 13.A10
NEOPRENE METAL DECK CLOSER
Ripley Design Inc.
(970) 224-5828
970-484-0117
RB+B Architects, Inc.
Interwest Design Group
(970) 674-3300
Abrahamson Engineering, Inc.
970-221-2569
Clanton & Associates
303-530-7229
Hines Inc
970-282-1800
3350 Kechter Road, Fort Collins CO, 80528
95% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
Landscape Architect
Architect
Civil Engineer
Mechanical Engineer
Lighting Design
Irrigation Design
SOUTHEAST COMMUNITY PARK
7.21.2015 75% Construction Documents
12.04.2015 90% Construction Documents
x x
02.09.2016 95% Construction Documents
x x
x x
x x
x x
xx
xx
xx
xx
xx
xx
xx
2-13-0010
Stamp:
Checked:
Drawn:
CVT Proj. #:
Issue Record:
Revisions:
Consultants:
1200 Bannock St.
Denver, CO 80204
Tel. 303 571.0053
Fax 303 425.0438
215 North Mason Street
Fort Collins, Colorado 80521
tel: 970.221.6360
www.fcgov.com/parkplanning/
Drawing Name:
A-11
FARMHOUSE -
SECTIONS
A3 WALL 1/2" = 1'-0" SECTION @ NORTH WALL
A2 WALL 1/2" = 1'-0" SECTION @ SOUTH WALL
A1 FARMHOUSE 1/2" = 1'-0" ‐ EAST/WEST BUILDING SECTION
C4 TYPICAL 1 1/2" = 1'-0" SECTION @ ROOF CONNECTION
A4 SECTION 1/2" = 1'-0" @ CMU GRILL
B4 HEAD 1 1/2" = 1'-DETAIL 0" @ GRILL WALL
C5 PLAN 1 1/2" = 1'-DETAIL 0" @ GRILL WALL OPENING
C3 PLAN 1" = 1'-0" DETAIL @ PAINTED METAL PANEL
C2 SECTION 1 1/2" = 1'-0" DETAIL @ OUTSIDE ROOF TERMINATION
C1 SECTION 1 1/2" = 1'-0" DETAIL @ INSIDE ROOF TERMINATION
Addendum
03
03.22.2016 Addendum 03 03
12" / 12" 12" / 12"
07 41 13.A9
METAL ROOF PANEL (TYPE 1)
07 41 13.A9
METAL ROOF PANEL (TYPE 1)
A4
A‐11
N
A1
A‐11
A1
A‐11
A2
A‐11
A3
A‐11
F1 F2 F3 F4 F5
FB
FC
FD
FE
FF
FA
06 20 23.A5
WOOD CEILING
05 12 00.A1
8"x 6" STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING
06 20 23.A5
WOOD CEILING
RE: STRUCTURAL
A4
A‐11
1. RE: CODE PLAN FOR CODE ANALYSIS AND FIRE
RATINGS FOR WALLS (SHEETS G101 & G102)
2. DO NOT SCALE DRAWINGS. FIELD VERIFY ALL
DIMENSIONS. NOTIFY ARCHITECT IMMEDIATELY
IF DISCREPANCIES ARE DISCOVERED.
3. INTERIOR DIMENSIONS ARE FROM FACE OF
STUD, MASONRY, OR FACE OF CONCRETE.
WHERE DIMENSIONS ARE NOTED 'CLEAR,'
DIMENSION IS TO FINISH FACE.
4. REFER TO SHEET A002 FOR WALL TYPES.
REFER TO REFLECTED CEILING PLANS FOR
HEIGHTS OF WALLS.
5. PROVIDE BLOCKING AT ALL ACCESSORIES
(GRAB BARS, ETC.), HARDWARE WHERE
REQUIRED, AND WALL HUNG CABINETS.
3'-0" 3'-0" 2'-0"
07 41 13.A9
METAL ROOF PANEL (TYPE 1)
05 12 00.A1
8"x 6" STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING
A4
A‐11
A3
A‐11
OPEN
05 12 00.A1
8"x 6" STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING
06 20 23.A6
6"x 1" COMPOSITE WOOD SLATS
05 50 00.A3
1/4" WELDED STEEL PLATE
INBETWEEN PURLINS RE: C4/A11
05 50 00.A3
1/4" WELDED STEEL PLATE
PT‐4, TYP.
A2
A‐11
05 12 00.A1
8"x 6" STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING
05 50 00.A3
1/4" WELDED STEEL PLATE
07 41 13.A9
METAL ROOF PANEL (TYPE 1)
INBETWEEN PURLINS RE: C4/A11
05 70 00.C3
PAINTED STEEL PANEL
PT‐5, TYP.
A1
A‐11
A1
A‐11
07 42 13.13.A9
05 12 00.A1
8"x 6" STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING
07 42 13.13.A9
PT‐4, TYP.
Ripley Design Inc.
(970) 224-5828
970-484-0117
RB+B Architects, Inc.
Interwest Design Group
(970) 674-3300
Abrahamson Engineering, Inc.
970-221-2569
Clanton & Associates
303-530-7229
Hines Inc
970-282-1800
3350 Kechter Road, Fort Collins CO, 80528
95% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
Landscape Architect
Architect
Civil Engineer
Mechanical Engineer
Lighting Design
Irrigation Design
SOUTHEAST COMMUNITY PARK
7.21.2015 75% Construction Documents
12.04.2015 90% Construction Documents
x x
02.09.2016 95% Construction Documents
x x
x x
x x
x x
xx
xx
xx
xx
xx
xx
xx
2-13-0010
Stamp:
Checked:
Drawn:
CVT Proj. #:
Issue Record:
Revisions:
Consultants:
1200 Bannock St.
Denver, CO 80204
Tel. 303 571.0053
Fax 303 425.0438
215 North Mason Street
Fort Collins, Colorado 80521
tel: 970.221.6360
www.fcgov.com/parkplanning/
Drawing Name:
A-10
FARMHOUSE -
PLANS/ELEVATIONS
B4 FARMHOUSE 1/8" = 1'-0" PAVILION‐ FLOOR PLAN
B2 FARMHOUSE 1/8" = 1'-0" PAVILION ‐ ROOF PLAN
B3 FARMHOUSE 1/8" = 1'-0" PAVILION ‐ REFLECTED CEILING PLAN
GENERAL NOTES: PLAN
A4 FARMHOUSE 1/8" = 1'-0" PAVILION ‐ EAST ELEVATION
A3 FARMHOUSE 1/8" = 1'-0" PAVILION ‐ NORTH ELEVATION
A2 FARMHOUSE 1/8" = 1'-0" PAVILION ‐ SOUTH ELEVATION
A1 FARMHOUSE 1/8" = 1'-0" PAVILION ‐ WEST ELEVATION
B1 FARMHOUSE
PAINT COLORS BARN
TYPE SPECIFICATION DESCRIPTION
PT‐409 91 13.B4 TNEMEC PAINT, COLOR ‐ LILY
PT‐509 91 13.B5 TNEMEC PAINT, COLOR ‐ TANGERINE ORANGE
03.22.2016 Addendum 03 03
Addendum
03
Addendum
03
Addendum
03
Addendum
03
PROJECT DEVELOPMENT PLAN
Drawing Name:
09.02.2015 Project Development Plan
60 61
03.23.2016 Final Development Plan
OF
DT-10
03
303-530-7229
Irrigation Design
Hines Inc
970-282-1800
PROJECT DEVELOPMENT PLAN
Drawing Name:
09.02.2015 Project Development Plan
59 61
03.23.2016 Final Development Plan
OF
03
Hines Inc
970-282-1800
PROJECT DEVELOPMENT PLAN
Drawing Name:
09.02.2015 Project Development Plan
5
2
3
1
4
58 61
03.23.2016 Final Development Plan
OF
03 03/23/16
Lighting Design
Clanton & Associates
303-530-7229
Irrigation Design
Hines Inc
970-282-1800
PROJECT DEVELOPMENT PLAN
Drawing Name:
09.02.2015 Project Development Plan
57 61
03.23.2016 Final Development Plan
OF
03 03/23/16
KEY MAP
scale: 1"=500'
WETLAND PLANS
8 of 18
WP-3
5
2
3
1
4
56 61
03.23.2016 Final Development Plan
OF
03 03/23/16
Hines Inc
970-282-1800
PROJECT DEVELOPMENT PLAN
Drawing Name:
09.02.2015 Project Development Plan
WETLAND PLANS
8 of 18
WP-2
5
2
3
1
4
55 61
03.23.2016 Final Development Plan
OF
03 03/23/16
Civil Engineer
Interwest Design Group
(970) 674-3300
215 North Mason Street
Fort Collins, Colorado 80521
tel: 970.221.6360
www.fcgov.com/parkplanning/
2-13-0010
Mechanical Engineer
Abrahamson Engineering, Inc.
970-221-2569
Lighting Design
Clanton & Associates
303-530-7229
Irrigation Design
Hines Inc
970-282-1800
PROJECT DEVELOPMENT PLAN
Drawing Name:
09.02.2015 Project Development Plan
WETLAND PLANS
WP-1
8 of 18
5
2
3
1
4
54 61
03.23.2016 Final Development Plan
OF
03 03/23/16
3350 Kechter Road, Fort Collins CO, 80528
1200 Bannock St.
Denver, CO 80204
Tel. 303 571.0053
Fax 303 425.0438
Ripley Design Inc.
(970) 224-5828
970-484-0117
RB+B Architects, Inc.
Architect
Civil Engineer
Interwest Design Group
(970) 674-3300
215 North Mason Street
Fort Collins, Colorado 80521
tel: 970.221.6360
www.fcgov.com/parkplanning/
2-13-0010
Mechanical Engineer
Abrahamson Engineering, Inc.
970-221-2569
Lighting Design
Clanton & Associates
303-530-7229
Irrigation Design
Hines Inc
970-282-1800
PROJECT DEVELOPMENT PLAN
Drawing Name:
09.02.2015 Project Development Plan
53 61
03.23.2016 Final Development Plan
OF
03 03/23/16
64+50.00 (105)
STATION: 64+50.00
HORZ. SCALE: 1"=20''
VERT. SCALE: 1"=10'
65+00.00 (106)
STATION: 65+00.00
HORZ. SCALE: 1"=20''
VERT. SCALE: 1"=10'
65+50.00 (107)
STATION: 65+50.00
HORZ. SCALE: 1"=20''
VERT. SCALE: 1"=10'
PRELIMINARY
NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION
0
HORIZONTAL
SCALE: 1" =
VERTICAL
SCALE: 1" =
20'
10'
20 10 20 40
CHANNEL
CROSS SECTIONS
XS-2
7 of 18
Stamp:
Checked:
Drawn:
CVT Proj. #:
SOUTHEAST COMMUNITY PARK
05.12.2015 Project Development Plan
Issue Record:
Revisions:
Consultants:
Landscape Architect
3350 Kechter Road, Fort Collins CO, 80528
1200 Bannock St.
Denver, CO 80204
Tel. 303 571.0053
Fax 303 425.0438
Ripley Design Inc.
(970) 224-5828
970-484-0117
RB+B Architects, Inc.
Architect
Civil Engineer
Interwest Design Group
(970) 674-3300
215 North Mason Street
Fort Collins, Colorado 80521
tel: 970.221.6360
www.fcgov.com/parkplanning/
2-13-0010
Mechanical Engineer
Abrahamson Engineering, Inc.
970-221-2569
Lighting Design
Clanton & Associates
303-530-7229
Irrigation Design
Hines Inc
970-282-1800
PROJECT DEVELOPMENT PLAN
Drawing Name:
09.02.2015 Project Development Plan
52 61
03.23.2016 Final Development Plan
OF
03 03/23/16
55+50.00 (87)
STATION: 55+50.00
HORZ. SCALE: 1"=20''
VERT. SCALE: 1"=10'
56+00.00 (88)
STATION: 56+00.00
HORZ. SCALE: 1"=20''
VERT. SCALE: 1"=10'
56+50.00 (89)
STATION: 56+50.00
HORZ. SCALE: 1"=20''
VERT. SCALE: 1"=10'
PRELIMINARY
NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION
0
HORIZONTAL
SCALE: 1" =
VERTICAL
SCALE: 1" =
20'
10'
20 10 20 40
CHANNEL
CROSS SECTIONS
XS-1
6 of 18
Stamp:
Checked:
Drawn:
CVT Proj. #:
SOUTHEAST COMMUNITY PARK
05.12.2015 Project Development Plan
Issue Record:
Revisions:
Consultants:
Landscape Architect
3350 Kechter Road, Fort Collins CO, 80528
1200 Bannock St.
Denver, CO 80204
Tel. 303 571.0053
Fax 303 425.0438
Ripley Design Inc.
(970) 224-5828
970-484-0117
RB+B Architects, Inc.
Architect
Civil Engineer
Interwest Design Group
(970) 674-3300
215 North Mason Street
Fort Collins, Colorado 80521
tel: 970.221.6360
www.fcgov.com/parkplanning/
2-13-0010
Mechanical Engineer
Abrahamson Engineering, Inc.
970-221-2569
Lighting Design
Clanton & Associates
303-530-7229
Irrigation Design
Hines Inc
970-282-1800
PROJECT DEVELOPMENT PLAN
Drawing Name:
09.02.2015 Project Development Plan
51 61
03.23.2016 Final Development Plan
OF
03 03/23/16
Fort Collins, Colorado 80521
tel: 970.221.6360
www.fcgov.com/parkplanning/
2-13-0010
Mechanical Engineer
Abrahamson Engineering, Inc.
970-221-2569
Lighting Design
Clanton & Associates
303-530-7229
Irrigation Design
Hines Inc
970-282-1800
PROJECT DEVELOPMENT PLAN
Drawing Name:
09.02.2015 Project Development Plan
5
2
3
1
4
50 61
03.23.2016 Final Development Plan
OF
03 03/23/16
Civil Engineer
Interwest Design Group
(970) 674-3300
215 North Mason Street
Fort Collins, Colorado 80521
tel: 970.221.6360
www.fcgov.com/parkplanning/
2-13-0010
Mechanical Engineer
Abrahamson Engineering, Inc.
970-221-2569
Lighting Design
Clanton & Associates
303-530-7229
Irrigation Design
Hines Inc
970-282-1800
PROJECT DEVELOPMENT PLAN
Drawing Name:
09.02.2015 Project Development Plan
5
2
3
1
4
49 61
03.23.2016 Final Development Plan
OF
03 03/23/16
Architect
Civil Engineer
Interwest Design Group
(970) 674-3300
215 North Mason Street
Fort Collins, Colorado 80521
tel: 970.221.6360
www.fcgov.com/parkplanning/
2-13-0010
Mechanical Engineer
Abrahamson Engineering, Inc.
970-221-2569
Lighting Design
Clanton & Associates
303-530-7229
Irrigation Design
Hines Inc
970-282-1800
PROJECT DEVELOPMENT PLAN
Drawing Name:
09.02.2015 Project Development Plan
5
2
3
1
4
48 61
03.23.2016 Final Development Plan
OF
03 03/23/16
215 North Mason Street
Fort Collins, Colorado 80521
tel: 970.221.6360
www.fcgov.com/parkplanning/
2-13-0010
Mechanical Engineer
Abrahamson Engineering, Inc.
970-221-2569
Lighting Design
Clanton & Associates
303-530-7229
Irrigation Design
Hines Inc
970-282-1800
PROJECT DEVELOPMENT PLAN
Drawing Name:
09.02.2015 Project Development Plan
5
2
3
1
4
47 61
03.23.2016 Final Development Plan
OF
03 03/23/16
81
92
120
15,586
14,560
2,679
2,231
CHANNEL
PLAN & PROFILE
PP - 1
1 of 18
Stamp:
Checked:
Drawn:
CVT Proj. #:
SOUTHEAST COMMUNITY PARK
05.12.2015 Project Development Plan
Issue Record:
Revisions:
Consultants:
Landscape Architect
3350 Kechter Road, Fort Collins CO, 80528
1200 Bannock St.
Denver, CO 80204
Tel. 303 571.0053
Fax 303 425.0438
Ripley Design Inc.
(970) 224-5828
970-484-0117
RB+B Architects, Inc.
Architect
Civil Engineer
Interwest Design Group
(970) 674-3300
215 North Mason Street
Fort Collins, Colorado 80521
tel: 970.221.6360
www.fcgov.com/parkplanning/
2-13-0010
Mechanical Engineer
Abrahamson Engineering, Inc.
970-221-2569
Lighting Design
Clanton & Associates
303-530-7229
Irrigation Design
Hines Inc
970-282-1800
PROJECT DEVELOPMENT PLAN
Drawing Name:
09.02.2015 Project Development Plan
46 61
03.23.2016 Final Development Plan
OF
03 03/23/16
F11>
TOTAL 25 -Year Life-cycle Operating Cost =
<Enter,
F11>
<Enter,
F11>
The information supplied herein shall be used for the purpose of complying with the specifications
for Southeast Community Park. By signing below I agree that all requirements of the specifica-
tions have been met and that the manufacturer will be responsible for any future costs incurred to
bring their equipment into compliance for all items not meeting specifications and not listed in the
Non-Compliance section.
Manufacturer: ____________________________________ Signature: ____________________________________
Design must be stamped by a structural engineer in the state of Colorado, if re-
quired by owner. (May be supplied upon award).
G
Control &
Monitoring
System
Manufacturer of the control and monitoring system shall provide written definition
and schematics for automated control system to include monitoring. They will also
provide ten (10) references currently using proposed system in the state of Colora-
do.
H
Electrical
Distribution
Plans
Manufacturer using Lighting Method 2 must include a revised electrical distribution
plan including changes to service entrance, panels and wire sizing, signed by a
licensed Electrical Engineer in the state of Colorado.
I Warranty Provide written warranty information including all terms and conditions. Provide ten
2:1 infield –
2.5:1 outfield 103 30’x30’
Baseball 2 76-46 FC 50FC infield –
30 FC outfield
2:1 infield –
2.5:1 outfield 103 30’x30’
Lamp Replace-
ment Interval
(hours)
Recoverable Light
Loss Factor (RLLF)
3000 .65
F11>
TOTAL 25 -Year Life-cycle Operating Cost =
<Enter,
F11>
<Enter,
F11>
The information supplied herein shall be used for the purpose of complying with the specifications
for Southeast Community Park. By signing below I agree that all requirements of the specifica-
tions have been met and that the manufacturer will be responsible for any future costs incurred to
bring their equipment into compliance for all items not meeting specifications and not listed in the
Non-Compliance section.
Manufacturer: ____________________________________ Signature: ____________________________________
Design must be stamped by a structural engineer in the state of Colorado, if re-
quired by owner. (May be supplied upon award).
G
Control &
Monitoring
System
Manufacturer of the control and monitoring system shall provide written definition
and schematics for automated control system to include monitoring. They will also
provide ten (10) references currently using proposed system in the state of Colora-
do.
H
Electrical
Distribution
Plans
Manufacturer using Lighting Method 2 must include a revised electrical distribution
plan including changes to service entrance, panels and wire sizing, signed by a
licensed Electrical Engineer in the state of Colorado.
I Warranty Provide written warranty information including all terms and conditions. Provide ten
Baseball 1 76– 46 FC 50FC infield –
30 FC outfield
2:1 infield –
2.5:1 outfield 103 30’x30’
Baseball 2 76 – 46 FC 50FC infield –
30 FC outfield
2:1 infield –
2.5:1 outfield 103 30’x30’
Lamp Replace-
ment Interval
(hours)
Recoverable Light
Loss Factor (RLLF)
3000 .65